##// END OF EJS Templates
resolve: add config to make hg resolve not re-merge by default...
Valentin Gatien-Baron -
r39430:56469d47 default
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -1,5901 +1,5906 b''
1 1 # commands.py - command processing for mercurial
2 2 #
3 3 # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
4 4 #
5 5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 7
8 8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9 9
10 10 import difflib
11 11 import errno
12 12 import os
13 13 import re
14 14 import sys
15 15
16 16 from .i18n import _
17 17 from .node import (
18 18 hex,
19 19 nullid,
20 20 nullrev,
21 21 short,
22 22 )
23 23 from . import (
24 24 archival,
25 25 bookmarks,
26 26 bundle2,
27 27 changegroup,
28 28 cmdutil,
29 29 copies,
30 30 debugcommands as debugcommandsmod,
31 31 destutil,
32 32 dirstateguard,
33 33 discovery,
34 34 encoding,
35 35 error,
36 36 exchange,
37 37 extensions,
38 38 filemerge,
39 39 formatter,
40 40 graphmod,
41 41 hbisect,
42 42 help,
43 43 hg,
44 44 logcmdutil,
45 45 merge as mergemod,
46 46 obsolete,
47 47 obsutil,
48 48 patch,
49 49 phases,
50 50 pycompat,
51 51 rcutil,
52 52 registrar,
53 53 repair,
54 54 revsetlang,
55 55 rewriteutil,
56 56 scmutil,
57 57 server,
58 58 state as statemod,
59 59 streamclone,
60 60 tags as tagsmod,
61 61 templatekw,
62 62 ui as uimod,
63 63 util,
64 64 wireprotoserver,
65 65 )
66 66 from .utils import (
67 67 dateutil,
68 68 stringutil,
69 69 )
70 70
71 71 table = {}
72 72 table.update(debugcommandsmod.command._table)
73 73
74 74 command = registrar.command(table)
75 75 INTENT_READONLY = registrar.INTENT_READONLY
76 76
77 77 # common command options
78 78
79 79 globalopts = [
80 80 ('R', 'repository', '',
81 81 _('repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file'),
82 82 _('REPO')),
83 83 ('', 'cwd', '',
84 84 _('change working directory'), _('DIR')),
85 85 ('y', 'noninteractive', None,
86 86 _('do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts')),
87 87 ('q', 'quiet', None, _('suppress output')),
88 88 ('v', 'verbose', None, _('enable additional output')),
89 89 ('', 'color', '',
90 90 # i18n: 'always', 'auto', 'never', and 'debug' are keywords
91 91 # and should not be translated
92 92 _("when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug)"),
93 93 _('TYPE')),
94 94 ('', 'config', [],
95 95 _('set/override config option (use \'section.name=value\')'),
96 96 _('CONFIG')),
97 97 ('', 'debug', None, _('enable debugging output')),
98 98 ('', 'debugger', None, _('start debugger')),
99 99 ('', 'encoding', encoding.encoding, _('set the charset encoding'),
100 100 _('ENCODE')),
101 101 ('', 'encodingmode', encoding.encodingmode,
102 102 _('set the charset encoding mode'), _('MODE')),
103 103 ('', 'traceback', None, _('always print a traceback on exception')),
104 104 ('', 'time', None, _('time how long the command takes')),
105 105 ('', 'profile', None, _('print command execution profile')),
106 106 ('', 'version', None, _('output version information and exit')),
107 107 ('h', 'help', None, _('display help and exit')),
108 108 ('', 'hidden', False, _('consider hidden changesets')),
109 109 ('', 'pager', 'auto',
110 110 _("when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)"), _('TYPE')),
111 111 ]
112 112
113 113 dryrunopts = cmdutil.dryrunopts
114 114 remoteopts = cmdutil.remoteopts
115 115 walkopts = cmdutil.walkopts
116 116 commitopts = cmdutil.commitopts
117 117 commitopts2 = cmdutil.commitopts2
118 118 formatteropts = cmdutil.formatteropts
119 119 templateopts = cmdutil.templateopts
120 120 logopts = cmdutil.logopts
121 121 diffopts = cmdutil.diffopts
122 122 diffwsopts = cmdutil.diffwsopts
123 123 diffopts2 = cmdutil.diffopts2
124 124 mergetoolopts = cmdutil.mergetoolopts
125 125 similarityopts = cmdutil.similarityopts
126 126 subrepoopts = cmdutil.subrepoopts
127 127 debugrevlogopts = cmdutil.debugrevlogopts
128 128
129 129 # Commands start here, listed alphabetically
130 130
131 131 @command('^add',
132 132 walkopts + subrepoopts + dryrunopts,
133 133 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
134 134 inferrepo=True)
135 135 def add(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
136 136 """add the specified files on the next commit
137 137
138 138 Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the
139 139 repository.
140 140
141 141 The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To
142 142 undo an add before that, see :hg:`forget`.
143 143
144 144 If no names are given, add all files to the repository (except
145 145 files matching ``.hgignore``).
146 146
147 147 .. container:: verbose
148 148
149 149 Examples:
150 150
151 151 - New (unknown) files are added
152 152 automatically by :hg:`add`::
153 153
154 154 $ ls
155 155 foo.c
156 156 $ hg status
157 157 ? foo.c
158 158 $ hg add
159 159 adding foo.c
160 160 $ hg status
161 161 A foo.c
162 162
163 163 - Specific files to be added can be specified::
164 164
165 165 $ ls
166 166 bar.c foo.c
167 167 $ hg status
168 168 ? bar.c
169 169 ? foo.c
170 170 $ hg add bar.c
171 171 $ hg status
172 172 A bar.c
173 173 ? foo.c
174 174
175 175 Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
176 176 """
177 177
178 178 m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, pycompat.byteskwargs(opts))
179 179 rejected = cmdutil.add(ui, repo, m, "", False, **opts)
180 180 return rejected and 1 or 0
181 181
182 182 @command('addremove',
183 183 similarityopts + subrepoopts + walkopts + dryrunopts,
184 184 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
185 185 inferrepo=True)
186 186 def addremove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
187 187 """add all new files, delete all missing files
188 188
189 189 Add all new files and remove all missing files from the
190 190 repository.
191 191
192 192 Unless names are given, new files are ignored if they match any of
193 193 the patterns in ``.hgignore``. As with add, these changes take
194 194 effect at the next commit.
195 195
196 196 Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. This
197 197 option takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must
198 198 be identical) as its parameter. With a parameter greater than 0,
199 199 this compares every removed file with every added file and records
200 200 those similar enough as renames. Detecting renamed files this way
201 201 can be expensive. After using this option, :hg:`status -C` can be
202 202 used to check which files were identified as moved or renamed. If
203 203 not specified, -s/--similarity defaults to 100 and only renames of
204 204 identical files are detected.
205 205
206 206 .. container:: verbose
207 207
208 208 Examples:
209 209
210 210 - A number of files (bar.c and foo.c) are new,
211 211 while foobar.c has been removed (without using :hg:`remove`)
212 212 from the repository::
213 213
214 214 $ ls
215 215 bar.c foo.c
216 216 $ hg status
217 217 ! foobar.c
218 218 ? bar.c
219 219 ? foo.c
220 220 $ hg addremove
221 221 adding bar.c
222 222 adding foo.c
223 223 removing foobar.c
224 224 $ hg status
225 225 A bar.c
226 226 A foo.c
227 227 R foobar.c
228 228
229 229 - A file foobar.c was moved to foo.c without using :hg:`rename`.
230 230 Afterwards, it was edited slightly::
231 231
232 232 $ ls
233 233 foo.c
234 234 $ hg status
235 235 ! foobar.c
236 236 ? foo.c
237 237 $ hg addremove --similarity 90
238 238 removing foobar.c
239 239 adding foo.c
240 240 recording removal of foobar.c as rename to foo.c (94% similar)
241 241 $ hg status -C
242 242 A foo.c
243 243 foobar.c
244 244 R foobar.c
245 245
246 246 Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
247 247 """
248 248 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
249 249 if not opts.get('similarity'):
250 250 opts['similarity'] = '100'
251 251 matcher = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
252 252 return scmutil.addremove(repo, matcher, "", opts)
253 253
254 254 @command('^annotate|blame',
255 255 [('r', 'rev', '', _('annotate the specified revision'), _('REV')),
256 256 ('', 'follow', None,
257 257 _('follow copies/renames and list the filename (DEPRECATED)')),
258 258 ('', 'no-follow', None, _("don't follow copies and renames")),
259 259 ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')),
260 260 ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')),
261 261 ('f', 'file', None, _('list the filename')),
262 262 ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')),
263 263 ('n', 'number', None, _('list the revision number (default)')),
264 264 ('c', 'changeset', None, _('list the changeset')),
265 265 ('l', 'line-number', None, _('show line number at the first appearance')),
266 266 ('', 'skip', [], _('revision to not display (EXPERIMENTAL)'), _('REV')),
267 267 ] + diffwsopts + walkopts + formatteropts,
268 268 _('[-r REV] [-f] [-a] [-u] [-d] [-n] [-c] [-l] FILE...'),
269 269 inferrepo=True)
270 270 def annotate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
271 271 """show changeset information by line for each file
272 272
273 273 List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for
274 274 each line.
275 275
276 276 This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and
277 277 by whom.
278 278
279 279 If you include --file, --user, or --date, the revision number is
280 280 suppressed unless you also include --number.
281 281
282 282 Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files
283 283 it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file
284 284 anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful
285 285 nor desirable.
286 286
287 287 Returns 0 on success.
288 288 """
289 289 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
290 290 if not pats:
291 291 raise error.Abort(_('at least one filename or pattern is required'))
292 292
293 293 if opts.get('follow'):
294 294 # --follow is deprecated and now just an alias for -f/--file
295 295 # to mimic the behavior of Mercurial before version 1.5
296 296 opts['file'] = True
297 297
298 298 rev = opts.get('rev')
299 299 if rev:
300 300 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
301 301 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev)
302 302
303 303 rootfm = ui.formatter('annotate', opts)
304 304 if ui.quiet:
305 305 datefunc = dateutil.shortdate
306 306 else:
307 307 datefunc = dateutil.datestr
308 308 if ctx.rev() is None:
309 309 def hexfn(node):
310 310 if node is None:
311 311 return None
312 312 else:
313 313 return rootfm.hexfunc(node)
314 314 if opts.get('changeset'):
315 315 # omit "+" suffix which is appended to node hex
316 316 def formatrev(rev):
317 317 if rev is None:
318 318 return '%d' % ctx.p1().rev()
319 319 else:
320 320 return '%d' % rev
321 321 else:
322 322 def formatrev(rev):
323 323 if rev is None:
324 324 return '%d+' % ctx.p1().rev()
325 325 else:
326 326 return '%d ' % rev
327 327 def formathex(hex):
328 328 if hex is None:
329 329 return '%s+' % rootfm.hexfunc(ctx.p1().node())
330 330 else:
331 331 return '%s ' % hex
332 332 else:
333 333 hexfn = rootfm.hexfunc
334 334 formatrev = formathex = pycompat.bytestr
335 335
336 336 opmap = [('user', ' ', lambda x: x.fctx.user(), ui.shortuser),
337 337 ('rev', ' ', lambda x: x.fctx.rev(), formatrev),
338 338 ('node', ' ', lambda x: hexfn(x.fctx.node()), formathex),
339 339 ('date', ' ', lambda x: x.fctx.date(), util.cachefunc(datefunc)),
340 340 ('path', ' ', lambda x: x.fctx.path(), pycompat.bytestr),
341 341 ('line_number', ':', lambda x: x.lineno, pycompat.bytestr),
342 342 ]
343 343 opnamemap = {'rev': 'number', 'node': 'changeset', 'path': 'file'}
344 344
345 345 if (not opts.get('user') and not opts.get('changeset')
346 346 and not opts.get('date') and not opts.get('file')):
347 347 opts['number'] = True
348 348
349 349 linenumber = opts.get('line_number') is not None
350 350 if linenumber and (not opts.get('changeset')) and (not opts.get('number')):
351 351 raise error.Abort(_('at least one of -n/-c is required for -l'))
352 352
353 353 ui.pager('annotate')
354 354
355 355 if rootfm.isplain():
356 356 def makefunc(get, fmt):
357 357 return lambda x: fmt(get(x))
358 358 else:
359 359 def makefunc(get, fmt):
360 360 return get
361 361 datahint = rootfm.datahint()
362 362 funcmap = [(makefunc(get, fmt), sep) for fn, sep, get, fmt in opmap
363 363 if opts.get(opnamemap.get(fn, fn)) or fn in datahint]
364 364 funcmap[0] = (funcmap[0][0], '') # no separator in front of first column
365 365 fields = ' '.join(fn for fn, sep, get, fmt in opmap
366 366 if opts.get(opnamemap.get(fn, fn)) or fn in datahint)
367 367
368 368 def bad(x, y):
369 369 raise error.Abort("%s: %s" % (x, y))
370 370
371 371 m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, badfn=bad)
372 372
373 373 follow = not opts.get('no_follow')
374 374 diffopts = patch.difffeatureopts(ui, opts, section='annotate',
375 375 whitespace=True)
376 376 skiprevs = opts.get('skip')
377 377 if skiprevs:
378 378 skiprevs = scmutil.revrange(repo, skiprevs)
379 379
380 380 for abs in ctx.walk(m):
381 381 fctx = ctx[abs]
382 382 rootfm.startitem()
383 383 rootfm.data(path=abs)
384 384 if not opts.get('text') and fctx.isbinary():
385 385 rootfm.plain(_("%s: binary file\n")
386 386 % ((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs))
387 387 continue
388 388
389 389 fm = rootfm.nested('lines', tmpl='{rev}: {line}')
390 390 lines = fctx.annotate(follow=follow, skiprevs=skiprevs,
391 391 diffopts=diffopts)
392 392 if not lines:
393 393 fm.end()
394 394 continue
395 395 formats = []
396 396 pieces = []
397 397
398 398 for f, sep in funcmap:
399 399 l = [f(n) for n in lines]
400 400 if fm.isplain():
401 401 sizes = [encoding.colwidth(x) for x in l]
402 402 ml = max(sizes)
403 403 formats.append([sep + ' ' * (ml - w) + '%s' for w in sizes])
404 404 else:
405 405 formats.append(['%s' for x in l])
406 406 pieces.append(l)
407 407
408 408 for f, p, n in zip(zip(*formats), zip(*pieces), lines):
409 409 fm.startitem()
410 410 fm.context(fctx=n.fctx)
411 411 fm.write(fields, "".join(f), *p)
412 412 if n.skip:
413 413 fmt = "* %s"
414 414 else:
415 415 fmt = ": %s"
416 416 fm.write('line', fmt, n.text)
417 417
418 418 if not lines[-1].text.endswith('\n'):
419 419 fm.plain('\n')
420 420 fm.end()
421 421
422 422 rootfm.end()
423 423
424 424 @command('archive',
425 425 [('', 'no-decode', None, _('do not pass files through decoders')),
426 426 ('p', 'prefix', '', _('directory prefix for files in archive'),
427 427 _('PREFIX')),
428 428 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to distribute'), _('REV')),
429 429 ('t', 'type', '', _('type of distribution to create'), _('TYPE')),
430 430 ] + subrepoopts + walkopts,
431 431 _('[OPTION]... DEST'))
432 432 def archive(ui, repo, dest, **opts):
433 433 '''create an unversioned archive of a repository revision
434 434
435 435 By default, the revision used is the parent of the working
436 436 directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.
437 437
438 438 The archive type is automatically detected based on file
439 439 extension (to override, use -t/--type).
440 440
441 441 .. container:: verbose
442 442
443 443 Examples:
444 444
445 445 - create a zip file containing the 1.0 release::
446 446
447 447 hg archive -r 1.0 project-1.0.zip
448 448
449 449 - create a tarball excluding .hg files::
450 450
451 451 hg archive project.tar.gz -X ".hg*"
452 452
453 453 Valid types are:
454 454
455 455 :``files``: a directory full of files (default)
456 456 :``tar``: tar archive, uncompressed
457 457 :``tbz2``: tar archive, compressed using bzip2
458 458 :``tgz``: tar archive, compressed using gzip
459 459 :``uzip``: zip archive, uncompressed
460 460 :``zip``: zip archive, compressed using deflate
461 461
462 462 The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given
463 463 using a format string; see :hg:`help export` for details.
464 464
465 465 Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix
466 466 prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the
467 467 prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes
468 468 removed.
469 469
470 470 Returns 0 on success.
471 471 '''
472 472
473 473 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
474 474 rev = opts.get('rev')
475 475 if rev:
476 476 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
477 477 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev)
478 478 if not ctx:
479 479 raise error.Abort(_('no working directory: please specify a revision'))
480 480 node = ctx.node()
481 481 dest = cmdutil.makefilename(ctx, dest)
482 482 if os.path.realpath(dest) == repo.root:
483 483 raise error.Abort(_('repository root cannot be destination'))
484 484
485 485 kind = opts.get('type') or archival.guesskind(dest) or 'files'
486 486 prefix = opts.get('prefix')
487 487
488 488 if dest == '-':
489 489 if kind == 'files':
490 490 raise error.Abort(_('cannot archive plain files to stdout'))
491 491 dest = cmdutil.makefileobj(ctx, dest)
492 492 if not prefix:
493 493 prefix = os.path.basename(repo.root) + '-%h'
494 494
495 495 prefix = cmdutil.makefilename(ctx, prefix)
496 496 match = scmutil.match(ctx, [], opts)
497 497 archival.archive(repo, dest, node, kind, not opts.get('no_decode'),
498 498 match, prefix, subrepos=opts.get('subrepos'))
499 499
500 500 @command('backout',
501 501 [('', 'merge', None, _('merge with old dirstate parent after backout')),
502 502 ('', 'commit', None,
503 503 _('commit if no conflicts were encountered (DEPRECATED)')),
504 504 ('', 'no-commit', None, _('do not commit')),
505 505 ('', 'parent', '',
506 506 _('parent to choose when backing out merge (DEPRECATED)'), _('REV')),
507 507 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to backout'), _('REV')),
508 508 ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
509 509 ] + mergetoolopts + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2,
510 510 _('[OPTION]... [-r] REV'))
511 511 def backout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts):
512 512 '''reverse effect of earlier changeset
513 513
514 514 Prepare a new changeset with the effect of REV undone in the
515 515 current working directory. If no conflicts were encountered,
516 516 it will be committed immediately.
517 517
518 518 If REV is the parent of the working directory, then this new changeset
519 519 is committed automatically (unless --no-commit is specified).
520 520
521 521 .. note::
522 522
523 523 :hg:`backout` cannot be used to fix either an unwanted or
524 524 incorrect merge.
525 525
526 526 .. container:: verbose
527 527
528 528 Examples:
529 529
530 530 - Reverse the effect of the parent of the working directory.
531 531 This backout will be committed immediately::
532 532
533 533 hg backout -r .
534 534
535 535 - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23::
536 536
537 537 hg backout -r 23
538 538
539 539 - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23 and
540 540 leave changes uncommitted::
541 541
542 542 hg backout -r 23 --no-commit
543 543 hg commit -m "Backout revision 23"
544 544
545 545 By default, the pending changeset will have one parent,
546 546 maintaining a linear history. With --merge, the pending
547 547 changeset will instead have two parents: the old parent of the
548 548 working directory and a new child of REV that simply undoes REV.
549 549
550 550 Before version 1.7, the behavior without --merge was equivalent
551 551 to specifying --merge followed by :hg:`update --clean .` to
552 552 cancel the merge and leave the child of REV as a head to be
553 553 merged separately.
554 554
555 555 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
556 556
557 557 See :hg:`help revert` for a way to restore files to the state
558 558 of another revision.
559 559
560 560 Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing to backout or there are unresolved
561 561 files.
562 562 '''
563 563 with repo.wlock(), repo.lock():
564 564 return _dobackout(ui, repo, node, rev, **opts)
565 565
566 566 def _dobackout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts):
567 567 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
568 568 if opts.get('commit') and opts.get('no_commit'):
569 569 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --commit with --no-commit"))
570 570 if opts.get('merge') and opts.get('no_commit'):
571 571 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --merge with --no-commit"))
572 572
573 573 if rev and node:
574 574 raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
575 575
576 576 if not rev:
577 577 rev = node
578 578
579 579 if not rev:
580 580 raise error.Abort(_("please specify a revision to backout"))
581 581
582 582 date = opts.get('date')
583 583 if date:
584 584 opts['date'] = dateutil.parsedate(date)
585 585
586 586 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
587 587 cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
588 588 node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev).node()
589 589
590 590 op1, op2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
591 591 if not repo.changelog.isancestor(node, op1):
592 592 raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout change that is not an ancestor'))
593 593
594 594 p1, p2 = repo.changelog.parents(node)
595 595 if p1 == nullid:
596 596 raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a change with no parents'))
597 597 if p2 != nullid:
598 598 if not opts.get('parent'):
599 599 raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a merge changeset'))
600 600 p = repo.lookup(opts['parent'])
601 601 if p not in (p1, p2):
602 602 raise error.Abort(_('%s is not a parent of %s') %
603 603 (short(p), short(node)))
604 604 parent = p
605 605 else:
606 606 if opts.get('parent'):
607 607 raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --parent on non-merge changeset'))
608 608 parent = p1
609 609
610 610 # the backout should appear on the same branch
611 611 branch = repo.dirstate.branch()
612 612 bheads = repo.branchheads(branch)
613 613 rctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, hex(parent))
614 614 if not opts.get('merge') and op1 != node:
615 615 with dirstateguard.dirstateguard(repo, 'backout'):
616 616 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
617 617 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'backout'):
618 618 stats = mergemod.update(repo, parent, True, True, node, False)
619 619 repo.setparents(op1, op2)
620 620 hg._showstats(repo, stats)
621 621 if stats.unresolvedcount:
622 622 repo.ui.status(_("use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved "
623 623 "file merges\n"))
624 624 return 1
625 625 else:
626 626 hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=False)
627 627 repo.dirstate.setbranch(branch)
628 628 cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, rctx, repo.dirstate.parents())
629 629
630 630 if opts.get('no_commit'):
631 631 msg = _("changeset %s backed out, "
632 632 "don't forget to commit.\n")
633 633 ui.status(msg % short(node))
634 634 return 0
635 635
636 636 def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts):
637 637 editform = 'backout'
638 638 e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform,
639 639 **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
640 640 if not message:
641 641 # we don't translate commit messages
642 642 message = "Backed out changeset %s" % short(node)
643 643 e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(edit=True, editform=editform)
644 644 return repo.commit(message, opts.get('user'), opts.get('date'),
645 645 match, editor=e)
646 646 newnode = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, [], opts)
647 647 if not newnode:
648 648 ui.status(_("nothing changed\n"))
649 649 return 1
650 650 cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, newnode, branch, bheads)
651 651
652 652 def nice(node):
653 653 return '%d:%s' % (repo.changelog.rev(node), short(node))
654 654 ui.status(_('changeset %s backs out changeset %s\n') %
655 655 (nice(repo.changelog.tip()), nice(node)))
656 656 if opts.get('merge') and op1 != node:
657 657 hg.clean(repo, op1, show_stats=False)
658 658 ui.status(_('merging with changeset %s\n')
659 659 % nice(repo.changelog.tip()))
660 660 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
661 661 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'backout'):
662 662 return hg.merge(repo, hex(repo.changelog.tip()))
663 663 return 0
664 664
665 665 @command('bisect',
666 666 [('r', 'reset', False, _('reset bisect state')),
667 667 ('g', 'good', False, _('mark changeset good')),
668 668 ('b', 'bad', False, _('mark changeset bad')),
669 669 ('s', 'skip', False, _('skip testing changeset')),
670 670 ('e', 'extend', False, _('extend the bisect range')),
671 671 ('c', 'command', '', _('use command to check changeset state'), _('CMD')),
672 672 ('U', 'noupdate', False, _('do not update to target'))],
673 673 _("[-gbsr] [-U] [-c CMD] [REV]"))
674 674 def bisect(ui, repo, rev=None, extra=None, command=None,
675 675 reset=None, good=None, bad=None, skip=None, extend=None,
676 676 noupdate=None):
677 677 """subdivision search of changesets
678 678
679 679 This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To
680 680 use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as
681 681 bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem
682 682 as good. Bisect will update your working directory to a revision
683 683 for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once
684 684 you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or
685 685 bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset
686 686 or announce that it has found the bad revision.
687 687
688 688 As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a
689 689 revision as good or bad without checking it out first.
690 690
691 691 If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.
692 692 The environment variable HG_NODE will contain the ID of the
693 693 changeset being tested. The exit status of the command will be
694 694 used to mark revisions as good or bad: status 0 means good, 125
695 695 means to skip the revision, 127 (command not found) will abort the
696 696 bisection, and any other non-zero exit status means the revision
697 697 is bad.
698 698
699 699 .. container:: verbose
700 700
701 701 Some examples:
702 702
703 703 - start a bisection with known bad revision 34, and good revision 12::
704 704
705 705 hg bisect --bad 34
706 706 hg bisect --good 12
707 707
708 708 - advance the current bisection by marking current revision as good or
709 709 bad::
710 710
711 711 hg bisect --good
712 712 hg bisect --bad
713 713
714 714 - mark the current revision, or a known revision, to be skipped (e.g. if
715 715 that revision is not usable because of another issue)::
716 716
717 717 hg bisect --skip
718 718 hg bisect --skip 23
719 719
720 720 - skip all revisions that do not touch directories ``foo`` or ``bar``::
721 721
722 722 hg bisect --skip "!( file('path:foo') & file('path:bar') )"
723 723
724 724 - forget the current bisection::
725 725
726 726 hg bisect --reset
727 727
728 728 - use 'make && make tests' to automatically find the first broken
729 729 revision::
730 730
731 731 hg bisect --reset
732 732 hg bisect --bad 34
733 733 hg bisect --good 12
734 734 hg bisect --command "make && make tests"
735 735
736 736 - see all changesets whose states are already known in the current
737 737 bisection::
738 738
739 739 hg log -r "bisect(pruned)"
740 740
741 741 - see the changeset currently being bisected (especially useful
742 742 if running with -U/--noupdate)::
743 743
744 744 hg log -r "bisect(current)"
745 745
746 746 - see all changesets that took part in the current bisection::
747 747
748 748 hg log -r "bisect(range)"
749 749
750 750 - you can even get a nice graph::
751 751
752 752 hg log --graph -r "bisect(range)"
753 753
754 754 See :hg:`help revisions.bisect` for more about the `bisect()` predicate.
755 755
756 756 Returns 0 on success.
757 757 """
758 758 # backward compatibility
759 759 if rev in "good bad reset init".split():
760 760 ui.warn(_("(use of 'hg bisect <cmd>' is deprecated)\n"))
761 761 cmd, rev, extra = rev, extra, None
762 762 if cmd == "good":
763 763 good = True
764 764 elif cmd == "bad":
765 765 bad = True
766 766 else:
767 767 reset = True
768 768 elif extra:
769 769 raise error.Abort(_('incompatible arguments'))
770 770
771 771 incompatibles = {
772 772 '--bad': bad,
773 773 '--command': bool(command),
774 774 '--extend': extend,
775 775 '--good': good,
776 776 '--reset': reset,
777 777 '--skip': skip,
778 778 }
779 779
780 780 enabled = [x for x in incompatibles if incompatibles[x]]
781 781
782 782 if len(enabled) > 1:
783 783 raise error.Abort(_('%s and %s are incompatible') %
784 784 tuple(sorted(enabled)[0:2]))
785 785
786 786 if reset:
787 787 hbisect.resetstate(repo)
788 788 return
789 789
790 790 state = hbisect.load_state(repo)
791 791
792 792 # update state
793 793 if good or bad or skip:
794 794 if rev:
795 795 nodes = [repo[i].node() for i in scmutil.revrange(repo, [rev])]
796 796 else:
797 797 nodes = [repo.lookup('.')]
798 798 if good:
799 799 state['good'] += nodes
800 800 elif bad:
801 801 state['bad'] += nodes
802 802 elif skip:
803 803 state['skip'] += nodes
804 804 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
805 805 if not (state['good'] and state['bad']):
806 806 return
807 807
808 808 def mayupdate(repo, node, show_stats=True):
809 809 """common used update sequence"""
810 810 if noupdate:
811 811 return
812 812 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
813 813 cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
814 814 return hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=show_stats)
815 815
816 816 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, {})
817 817
818 818 if command:
819 819 changesets = 1
820 820 if noupdate:
821 821 try:
822 822 node = state['current'][0]
823 823 except LookupError:
824 824 raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is unknown - '
825 825 'start a new bisect to fix'))
826 826 else:
827 827 node, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
828 828 if p2 != nullid:
829 829 raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is a merge'))
830 830 if rev:
831 831 node = repo[scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, node)].node()
832 832 try:
833 833 while changesets:
834 834 # update state
835 835 state['current'] = [node]
836 836 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
837 837 status = ui.system(command, environ={'HG_NODE': hex(node)},
838 838 blockedtag='bisect_check')
839 839 if status == 125:
840 840 transition = "skip"
841 841 elif status == 0:
842 842 transition = "good"
843 843 # status < 0 means process was killed
844 844 elif status == 127:
845 845 raise error.Abort(_("failed to execute %s") % command)
846 846 elif status < 0:
847 847 raise error.Abort(_("%s killed") % command)
848 848 else:
849 849 transition = "bad"
850 850 state[transition].append(node)
851 851 ctx = repo[node]
852 852 ui.status(_('changeset %d:%s: %s\n') % (ctx.rev(), ctx,
853 853 transition))
854 854 hbisect.checkstate(state)
855 855 # bisect
856 856 nodes, changesets, bgood = hbisect.bisect(repo, state)
857 857 # update to next check
858 858 node = nodes[0]
859 859 mayupdate(repo, node, show_stats=False)
860 860 finally:
861 861 state['current'] = [node]
862 862 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
863 863 hbisect.printresult(ui, repo, state, displayer, nodes, bgood)
864 864 return
865 865
866 866 hbisect.checkstate(state)
867 867
868 868 # actually bisect
869 869 nodes, changesets, good = hbisect.bisect(repo, state)
870 870 if extend:
871 871 if not changesets:
872 872 extendnode = hbisect.extendrange(repo, state, nodes, good)
873 873 if extendnode is not None:
874 874 ui.write(_("Extending search to changeset %d:%s\n")
875 875 % (extendnode.rev(), extendnode))
876 876 state['current'] = [extendnode.node()]
877 877 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
878 878 return mayupdate(repo, extendnode.node())
879 879 raise error.Abort(_("nothing to extend"))
880 880
881 881 if changesets == 0:
882 882 hbisect.printresult(ui, repo, state, displayer, nodes, good)
883 883 else:
884 884 assert len(nodes) == 1 # only a single node can be tested next
885 885 node = nodes[0]
886 886 # compute the approximate number of remaining tests
887 887 tests, size = 0, 2
888 888 while size <= changesets:
889 889 tests, size = tests + 1, size * 2
890 890 rev = repo.changelog.rev(node)
891 891 ui.write(_("Testing changeset %d:%s "
892 892 "(%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n")
893 893 % (rev, short(node), changesets, tests))
894 894 state['current'] = [node]
895 895 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
896 896 return mayupdate(repo, node)
897 897
898 898 @command('bookmarks|bookmark',
899 899 [('f', 'force', False, _('force')),
900 900 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision for bookmark action'), _('REV')),
901 901 ('d', 'delete', False, _('delete a given bookmark')),
902 902 ('m', 'rename', '', _('rename a given bookmark'), _('OLD')),
903 903 ('i', 'inactive', False, _('mark a bookmark inactive')),
904 904 ('', 'active', False, _('display the active bookmark')),
905 905 ] + formatteropts,
906 906 _('hg bookmarks [OPTIONS]... [NAME]...'))
907 907 def bookmark(ui, repo, *names, **opts):
908 908 '''create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
909 909
910 910 Bookmarks are labels on changesets to help track lines of development.
911 911 Bookmarks are unversioned and can be moved, renamed and deleted.
912 912 Deleting or moving a bookmark has no effect on the associated changesets.
913 913
914 914 Creating or updating to a bookmark causes it to be marked as 'active'.
915 915 The active bookmark is indicated with a '*'.
916 916 When a commit is made, the active bookmark will advance to the new commit.
917 917 A plain :hg:`update` will also advance an active bookmark, if possible.
918 918 Updating away from a bookmark will cause it to be deactivated.
919 919
920 920 Bookmarks can be pushed and pulled between repositories (see
921 921 :hg:`help push` and :hg:`help pull`). If a shared bookmark has
922 922 diverged, a new 'divergent bookmark' of the form 'name@path' will
923 923 be created. Using :hg:`merge` will resolve the divergence.
924 924
925 925 Specifying bookmark as '.' to -m or -d options is equivalent to specifying
926 926 the active bookmark's name.
927 927
928 928 A bookmark named '@' has the special property that :hg:`clone` will
929 929 check it out by default if it exists.
930 930
931 931 The '--active' flag will display the current bookmark or return non-zero,
932 932 if combined with other action, they will be performed on the active
933 933 bookmark.
934 934
935 935 .. container:: verbose
936 936
937 937 Examples:
938 938
939 939 - create an active bookmark for a new line of development::
940 940
941 941 hg book new-feature
942 942
943 943 - create an inactive bookmark as a place marker::
944 944
945 945 hg book -i reviewed
946 946
947 947 - create an inactive bookmark on another changeset::
948 948
949 949 hg book -r .^ tested
950 950
951 951 - rename bookmark turkey to dinner::
952 952
953 953 hg book -m turkey dinner
954 954
955 955 - move the '@' bookmark from another branch::
956 956
957 957 hg book -f @
958 958 '''
959 959 force = opts.get(r'force')
960 960 rev = opts.get(r'rev')
961 961 delete = opts.get(r'delete')
962 962 rename = opts.get(r'rename')
963 963 inactive = opts.get(r'inactive')
964 964 active = opts.get(r'active')
965 965
966 966 if delete and rename:
967 967 raise error.Abort(_("--delete and --rename are incompatible"))
968 968 if delete and rev:
969 969 raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --delete"))
970 970 if rename and rev:
971 971 raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --rename"))
972 972 if delete and active:
973 973 raise error.Abort(_("--delete is incompatible with --active"))
974 974 if rev and active:
975 975 raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --active"))
976 976 if rename and active:
977 977 raise error.Abort(_("--rename is incompatible with --active"))
978 978 if names and active:
979 979 raise error.Abort(_("NAMES is incompatible with --active"))
980 980 if inactive and active:
981 981 raise error.Abort(_("--inactive is incompatible with --active"))
982 982 if not names and (delete or rev):
983 983 raise error.Abort(_("bookmark name required"))
984 984
985 985 if delete or rename or names or inactive:
986 986 with repo.wlock(), repo.lock(), repo.transaction('bookmark') as tr:
987 987 if delete:
988 988 names = pycompat.maplist(repo._bookmarks.expandname, names)
989 989 bookmarks.delete(repo, tr, names)
990 990 elif rename:
991 991 if not names:
992 992 raise error.Abort(_("new bookmark name required"))
993 993 elif len(names) > 1:
994 994 raise error.Abort(_("only one new bookmark name allowed"))
995 995 rename = repo._bookmarks.expandname(rename)
996 996 bookmarks.rename(repo, tr, rename, names[0], force, inactive)
997 997 elif names:
998 998 bookmarks.addbookmarks(repo, tr, names, rev, force, inactive)
999 999 elif inactive:
1000 1000 if len(repo._bookmarks) == 0:
1001 1001 ui.status(_("no bookmarks set\n"))
1002 1002 elif not repo._activebookmark:
1003 1003 ui.status(_("no active bookmark\n"))
1004 1004 else:
1005 1005 bookmarks.deactivate(repo)
1006 1006 elif active:
1007 1007 book = repo._activebookmark
1008 1008 if book is None:
1009 1009 return 1
1010 1010 ui.write("%s\n" % book, label=bookmarks.activebookmarklabel)
1011 1011 else: # show bookmarks
1012 1012 bookmarks.printbookmarks(ui, repo, **opts)
1013 1013
1014 1014 @command('branch',
1015 1015 [('f', 'force', None,
1016 1016 _('set branch name even if it shadows an existing branch')),
1017 1017 ('C', 'clean', None, _('reset branch name to parent branch name')),
1018 1018 ('r', 'rev', [], _('change branches of the given revs (EXPERIMENTAL)')),
1019 1019 ],
1020 1020 _('[-fC] [NAME]'))
1021 1021 def branch(ui, repo, label=None, **opts):
1022 1022 """set or show the current branch name
1023 1023
1024 1024 .. note::
1025 1025
1026 1026 Branch names are permanent and global. Use :hg:`bookmark` to create a
1027 1027 light-weight bookmark instead. See :hg:`help glossary` for more
1028 1028 information about named branches and bookmarks.
1029 1029
1030 1030 With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,
1031 1031 set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist
1032 1032 in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice
1033 1033 recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'
1034 1034 branch.
1035 1035
1036 1036 Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a
1037 1037 branch name that already exists.
1038 1038
1039 1039 Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of
1040 1040 the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch
1041 1041 change.
1042 1042
1043 1043 Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch. Use
1044 1044 :hg:`commit --close-branch` to mark this branch head as closed.
1045 1045 When all heads of a branch are closed, the branch will be
1046 1046 considered closed.
1047 1047
1048 1048 Returns 0 on success.
1049 1049 """
1050 1050 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1051 1051 revs = opts.get('rev')
1052 1052 if label:
1053 1053 label = label.strip()
1054 1054
1055 1055 if not opts.get('clean') and not label:
1056 1056 if revs:
1057 1057 raise error.Abort(_("no branch name specified for the revisions"))
1058 1058 ui.write("%s\n" % repo.dirstate.branch())
1059 1059 return
1060 1060
1061 1061 with repo.wlock():
1062 1062 if opts.get('clean'):
1063 1063 label = repo[None].p1().branch()
1064 1064 repo.dirstate.setbranch(label)
1065 1065 ui.status(_('reset working directory to branch %s\n') % label)
1066 1066 elif label:
1067 1067
1068 1068 scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, label, 'branch')
1069 1069 if revs:
1070 1070 return cmdutil.changebranch(ui, repo, revs, label)
1071 1071
1072 1072 if not opts.get('force') and label in repo.branchmap():
1073 1073 if label not in [p.branch() for p in repo[None].parents()]:
1074 1074 raise error.Abort(_('a branch of the same name already'
1075 1075 ' exists'),
1076 1076 # i18n: "it" refers to an existing branch
1077 1077 hint=_("use 'hg update' to switch to it"))
1078 1078
1079 1079 repo.dirstate.setbranch(label)
1080 1080 ui.status(_('marked working directory as branch %s\n') % label)
1081 1081
1082 1082 # find any open named branches aside from default
1083 1083 others = [n for n, h, t, c in repo.branchmap().iterbranches()
1084 1084 if n != "default" and not c]
1085 1085 if not others:
1086 1086 ui.status(_('(branches are permanent and global, '
1087 1087 'did you want a bookmark?)\n'))
1088 1088
1089 1089 @command('branches',
1090 1090 [('a', 'active', False,
1091 1091 _('show only branches that have unmerged heads (DEPRECATED)')),
1092 1092 ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branches')),
1093 1093 ] + formatteropts,
1094 1094 _('[-c]'),
1095 1095 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
1096 1096 def branches(ui, repo, active=False, closed=False, **opts):
1097 1097 """list repository named branches
1098 1098
1099 1099 List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are
1100 1100 inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have
1101 1101 been marked closed (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`).
1102 1102
1103 1103 Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch.
1104 1104
1105 1105 Returns 0.
1106 1106 """
1107 1107
1108 1108 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1109 1109 ui.pager('branches')
1110 1110 fm = ui.formatter('branches', opts)
1111 1111 hexfunc = fm.hexfunc
1112 1112
1113 1113 allheads = set(repo.heads())
1114 1114 branches = []
1115 1115 for tag, heads, tip, isclosed in repo.branchmap().iterbranches():
1116 1116 isactive = False
1117 1117 if not isclosed:
1118 1118 openheads = set(repo.branchmap().iteropen(heads))
1119 1119 isactive = bool(openheads & allheads)
1120 1120 branches.append((tag, repo[tip], isactive, not isclosed))
1121 1121 branches.sort(key=lambda i: (i[2], i[1].rev(), i[0], i[3]),
1122 1122 reverse=True)
1123 1123
1124 1124 for tag, ctx, isactive, isopen in branches:
1125 1125 if active and not isactive:
1126 1126 continue
1127 1127 if isactive:
1128 1128 label = 'branches.active'
1129 1129 notice = ''
1130 1130 elif not isopen:
1131 1131 if not closed:
1132 1132 continue
1133 1133 label = 'branches.closed'
1134 1134 notice = _(' (closed)')
1135 1135 else:
1136 1136 label = 'branches.inactive'
1137 1137 notice = _(' (inactive)')
1138 1138 current = (tag == repo.dirstate.branch())
1139 1139 if current:
1140 1140 label = 'branches.current'
1141 1141
1142 1142 fm.startitem()
1143 1143 fm.write('branch', '%s', tag, label=label)
1144 1144 rev = ctx.rev()
1145 1145 padsize = max(31 - len("%d" % rev) - encoding.colwidth(tag), 0)
1146 1146 fmt = ' ' * padsize + ' %d:%s'
1147 1147 fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt, rev, hexfunc(ctx.node()),
1148 1148 label='log.changeset changeset.%s' % ctx.phasestr())
1149 1149 fm.context(ctx=ctx)
1150 1150 fm.data(active=isactive, closed=not isopen, current=current)
1151 1151 if not ui.quiet:
1152 1152 fm.plain(notice)
1153 1153 fm.plain('\n')
1154 1154 fm.end()
1155 1155
1156 1156 @command('bundle',
1157 1157 [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')),
1158 1158 ('r', 'rev', [], _('a changeset intended to be added to the destination'),
1159 1159 _('REV')),
1160 1160 ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to bundle'),
1161 1161 _('BRANCH')),
1162 1162 ('', 'base', [],
1163 1163 _('a base changeset assumed to be available at the destination'),
1164 1164 _('REV')),
1165 1165 ('a', 'all', None, _('bundle all changesets in the repository')),
1166 1166 ('t', 'type', 'bzip2', _('bundle compression type to use'), _('TYPE')),
1167 1167 ] + remoteopts,
1168 1168 _('[-f] [-t BUNDLESPEC] [-a] [-r REV]... [--base REV]... FILE [DEST]'))
1169 1169 def bundle(ui, repo, fname, dest=None, **opts):
1170 1170 """create a bundle file
1171 1171
1172 1172 Generate a bundle file containing data to be transferred to another
1173 1173 repository.
1174 1174
1175 1175 To create a bundle containing all changesets, use -a/--all
1176 1176 (or --base null). Otherwise, hg assumes the destination will have
1177 1177 all the nodes you specify with --base parameters. Otherwise, hg
1178 1178 will assume the repository has all the nodes in destination, or
1179 1179 default-push/default if no destination is specified, where destination
1180 1180 is the repository you provide through DEST option.
1181 1181
1182 1182 You can change bundle format with the -t/--type option. See
1183 1183 :hg:`help bundlespec` for documentation on this format. By default,
1184 1184 the most appropriate format is used and compression defaults to
1185 1185 bzip2.
1186 1186
1187 1187 The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means
1188 1188 and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull
1189 1189 command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not
1190 1190 available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.
1191 1191
1192 1192 Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including
1193 1193 permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.
1194 1194
1195 1195 Returns 0 on success, 1 if no changes found.
1196 1196 """
1197 1197 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1198 1198 revs = None
1199 1199 if 'rev' in opts:
1200 1200 revstrings = opts['rev']
1201 1201 revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revstrings)
1202 1202 if revstrings and not revs:
1203 1203 raise error.Abort(_('no commits to bundle'))
1204 1204
1205 1205 bundletype = opts.get('type', 'bzip2').lower()
1206 1206 try:
1207 1207 bundlespec = exchange.parsebundlespec(repo, bundletype, strict=False)
1208 1208 except error.UnsupportedBundleSpecification as e:
1209 1209 raise error.Abort(pycompat.bytestr(e),
1210 1210 hint=_("see 'hg help bundlespec' for supported "
1211 1211 "values for --type"))
1212 1212 cgversion = bundlespec.contentopts["cg.version"]
1213 1213
1214 1214 # Packed bundles are a pseudo bundle format for now.
1215 1215 if cgversion == 's1':
1216 1216 raise error.Abort(_('packed bundles cannot be produced by "hg bundle"'),
1217 1217 hint=_("use 'hg debugcreatestreamclonebundle'"))
1218 1218
1219 1219 if opts.get('all'):
1220 1220 if dest:
1221 1221 raise error.Abort(_("--all is incompatible with specifying "
1222 1222 "a destination"))
1223 1223 if opts.get('base'):
1224 1224 ui.warn(_("ignoring --base because --all was specified\n"))
1225 1225 base = ['null']
1226 1226 else:
1227 1227 base = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts.get('base'))
1228 1228 if cgversion not in changegroup.supportedoutgoingversions(repo):
1229 1229 raise error.Abort(_("repository does not support bundle version %s") %
1230 1230 cgversion)
1231 1231
1232 1232 if base:
1233 1233 if dest:
1234 1234 raise error.Abort(_("--base is incompatible with specifying "
1235 1235 "a destination"))
1236 1236 common = [repo[rev].node() for rev in base]
1237 1237 heads = [repo[r].node() for r in revs] if revs else None
1238 1238 outgoing = discovery.outgoing(repo, common, heads)
1239 1239 else:
1240 1240 dest = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default')
1241 1241 dest, branches = hg.parseurl(dest, opts.get('branch'))
1242 1242 other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest)
1243 1243 revs = [repo[r].hex() for r in revs]
1244 1244 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, revs)
1245 1245 heads = revs and pycompat.maplist(repo.lookup, revs) or revs
1246 1246 outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, other,
1247 1247 onlyheads=heads,
1248 1248 force=opts.get('force'),
1249 1249 portable=True)
1250 1250
1251 1251 if not outgoing.missing:
1252 1252 scmutil.nochangesfound(ui, repo, not base and outgoing.excluded)
1253 1253 return 1
1254 1254
1255 1255 if cgversion == '01': #bundle1
1256 1256 bversion = 'HG10' + bundlespec.wirecompression
1257 1257 bcompression = None
1258 1258 elif cgversion in ('02', '03'):
1259 1259 bversion = 'HG20'
1260 1260 bcompression = bundlespec.wirecompression
1261 1261 else:
1262 1262 raise error.ProgrammingError(
1263 1263 'bundle: unexpected changegroup version %s' % cgversion)
1264 1264
1265 1265 # TODO compression options should be derived from bundlespec parsing.
1266 1266 # This is a temporary hack to allow adjusting bundle compression
1267 1267 # level without a) formalizing the bundlespec changes to declare it
1268 1268 # b) introducing a command flag.
1269 1269 compopts = {}
1270 1270 complevel = ui.configint('experimental',
1271 1271 'bundlecomplevel.' + bundlespec.compression)
1272 1272 if complevel is None:
1273 1273 complevel = ui.configint('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel')
1274 1274 if complevel is not None:
1275 1275 compopts['level'] = complevel
1276 1276
1277 1277 # Allow overriding the bundling of obsmarker in phases through
1278 1278 # configuration while we don't have a bundle version that include them
1279 1279 if repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'evolution.bundle-obsmarker'):
1280 1280 bundlespec.contentopts['obsolescence'] = True
1281 1281 if repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle-phases'):
1282 1282 bundlespec.contentopts['phases'] = True
1283 1283
1284 1284 bundle2.writenewbundle(ui, repo, 'bundle', fname, bversion, outgoing,
1285 1285 bundlespec.contentopts, compression=bcompression,
1286 1286 compopts=compopts)
1287 1287
1288 1288 @command('cat',
1289 1289 [('o', 'output', '',
1290 1290 _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')),
1291 1291 ('r', 'rev', '', _('print the given revision'), _('REV')),
1292 1292 ('', 'decode', None, _('apply any matching decode filter')),
1293 1293 ] + walkopts + formatteropts,
1294 1294 _('[OPTION]... FILE...'),
1295 1295 inferrepo=True,
1296 1296 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
1297 1297 def cat(ui, repo, file1, *pats, **opts):
1298 1298 """output the current or given revision of files
1299 1299
1300 1300 Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If
1301 1301 no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used.
1302 1302
1303 1303 Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
1304 1304 given using a template string. See :hg:`help templates`. In addition
1305 1305 to the common template keywords, the following formatting rules are
1306 1306 supported:
1307 1307
1308 1308 :``%%``: literal "%" character
1309 1309 :``%s``: basename of file being printed
1310 1310 :``%d``: dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
1311 1311 :``%p``: root-relative path name of file being printed
1312 1312 :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits)
1313 1313 :``%R``: changeset revision number
1314 1314 :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits)
1315 1315 :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number
1316 1316 :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository
1317 1317 :``\\``: literal "\\" character
1318 1318
1319 1319 Returns 0 on success.
1320 1320 """
1321 1321 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1322 1322 rev = opts.get('rev')
1323 1323 if rev:
1324 1324 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
1325 1325 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev)
1326 1326 m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file1,) + pats, opts)
1327 1327 fntemplate = opts.pop('output', '')
1328 1328 if cmdutil.isstdiofilename(fntemplate):
1329 1329 fntemplate = ''
1330 1330
1331 1331 if fntemplate:
1332 1332 fm = formatter.nullformatter(ui, 'cat', opts)
1333 1333 else:
1334 1334 ui.pager('cat')
1335 1335 fm = ui.formatter('cat', opts)
1336 1336 with fm:
1337 1337 return cmdutil.cat(ui, repo, ctx, m, fm, fntemplate, '',
1338 1338 **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
1339 1339
1340 1340 @command('^clone',
1341 1341 [('U', 'noupdate', None, _('the clone will include an empty working '
1342 1342 'directory (only a repository)')),
1343 1343 ('u', 'updaterev', '', _('revision, tag, or branch to check out'),
1344 1344 _('REV')),
1345 1345 ('r', 'rev', [], _('do not clone everything, but include this changeset'
1346 1346 ' and its ancestors'), _('REV')),
1347 1347 ('b', 'branch', [], _('do not clone everything, but include this branch\'s'
1348 1348 ' changesets and their ancestors'), _('BRANCH')),
1349 1349 ('', 'pull', None, _('use pull protocol to copy metadata')),
1350 1350 ('', 'uncompressed', None,
1351 1351 _('an alias to --stream (DEPRECATED)')),
1352 1352 ('', 'stream', None,
1353 1353 _('clone with minimal data processing')),
1354 1354 ] + remoteopts,
1355 1355 _('[OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST]'),
1356 1356 norepo=True)
1357 1357 def clone(ui, source, dest=None, **opts):
1358 1358 """make a copy of an existing repository
1359 1359
1360 1360 Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.
1361 1361
1362 1362 If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the
1363 1363 basename of the source.
1364 1364
1365 1365 The location of the source is added to the new repository's
1366 1366 ``.hg/hgrc`` file, as the default to be used for future pulls.
1367 1367
1368 1368 Only local paths and ``ssh://`` URLs are supported as
1369 1369 destinations. For ``ssh://`` destinations, no working directory or
1370 1370 ``.hg/hgrc`` will be created on the remote side.
1371 1371
1372 1372 If the source repository has a bookmark called '@' set, that
1373 1373 revision will be checked out in the new repository by default.
1374 1374
1375 1375 To check out a particular version, use -u/--update, or
1376 1376 -U/--noupdate to create a clone with no working directory.
1377 1377
1378 1378 To pull only a subset of changesets, specify one or more revisions
1379 1379 identifiers with -r/--rev or branches with -b/--branch. The
1380 1380 resulting clone will contain only the specified changesets and
1381 1381 their ancestors. These options (or 'clone src#rev dest') imply
1382 1382 --pull, even for local source repositories.
1383 1383
1384 1384 In normal clone mode, the remote normalizes repository data into a common
1385 1385 exchange format and the receiving end translates this data into its local
1386 1386 storage format. --stream activates a different clone mode that essentially
1387 1387 copies repository files from the remote with minimal data processing. This
1388 1388 significantly reduces the CPU cost of a clone both remotely and locally.
1389 1389 However, it often increases the transferred data size by 30-40%. This can
1390 1390 result in substantially faster clones where I/O throughput is plentiful,
1391 1391 especially for larger repositories. A side-effect of --stream clones is
1392 1392 that storage settings and requirements on the remote are applied locally:
1393 1393 a modern client may inherit legacy or inefficient storage used by the
1394 1394 remote or a legacy Mercurial client may not be able to clone from a
1395 1395 modern Mercurial remote.
1396 1396
1397 1397 .. note::
1398 1398
1399 1399 Specifying a tag will include the tagged changeset but not the
1400 1400 changeset containing the tag.
1401 1401
1402 1402 .. container:: verbose
1403 1403
1404 1404 For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the
1405 1405 source and destination are on the same filesystem (note this
1406 1406 applies only to the repository data, not to the working
1407 1407 directory). Some filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking
1408 1408 incorrectly, but do not report errors. In these cases, use the
1409 1409 --pull option to avoid hardlinking.
1410 1410
1411 1411 Mercurial will update the working directory to the first applicable
1412 1412 revision from this list:
1413 1413
1414 1414 a) null if -U or the source repository has no changesets
1415 1415 b) if -u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of
1416 1416 the source repository's working directory
1417 1417 c) the changeset specified with -u (if a branch name, this means the
1418 1418 latest head of that branch)
1419 1419 d) the changeset specified with -r
1420 1420 e) the tipmost head specified with -b
1421 1421 f) the tipmost head specified with the url#branch source syntax
1422 1422 g) the revision marked with the '@' bookmark, if present
1423 1423 h) the tipmost head of the default branch
1424 1424 i) tip
1425 1425
1426 1426 When cloning from servers that support it, Mercurial may fetch
1427 1427 pre-generated data from a server-advertised URL or inline from the
1428 1428 same stream. When this is done, hooks operating on incoming changesets
1429 1429 and changegroups may fire more than once, once for each pre-generated
1430 1430 bundle and as well as for any additional remaining data. In addition,
1431 1431 if an error occurs, the repository may be rolled back to a partial
1432 1432 clone. This behavior may change in future releases.
1433 1433 See :hg:`help -e clonebundles` for more.
1434 1434
1435 1435 Examples:
1436 1436
1437 1437 - clone a remote repository to a new directory named hg/::
1438 1438
1439 1439 hg clone https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/
1440 1440
1441 1441 - create a lightweight local clone::
1442 1442
1443 1443 hg clone project/ project-feature/
1444 1444
1445 1445 - clone from an absolute path on an ssh server (note double-slash)::
1446 1446
1447 1447 hg clone ssh://user@server//home/projects/alpha/
1448 1448
1449 1449 - do a streaming clone while checking out a specified version::
1450 1450
1451 1451 hg clone --stream http://server/repo -u 1.5
1452 1452
1453 1453 - create a repository without changesets after a particular revision::
1454 1454
1455 1455 hg clone -r 04e544 experimental/ good/
1456 1456
1457 1457 - clone (and track) a particular named branch::
1458 1458
1459 1459 hg clone https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/#stable
1460 1460
1461 1461 See :hg:`help urls` for details on specifying URLs.
1462 1462
1463 1463 Returns 0 on success.
1464 1464 """
1465 1465 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1466 1466 if opts.get('noupdate') and opts.get('updaterev'):
1467 1467 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify both --noupdate and --updaterev"))
1468 1468
1469 1469 r = hg.clone(ui, opts, source, dest,
1470 1470 pull=opts.get('pull'),
1471 1471 stream=opts.get('stream') or opts.get('uncompressed'),
1472 1472 revs=opts.get('rev'),
1473 1473 update=opts.get('updaterev') or not opts.get('noupdate'),
1474 1474 branch=opts.get('branch'),
1475 1475 shareopts=opts.get('shareopts'))
1476 1476
1477 1477 return r is None
1478 1478
1479 1479 @command('^commit|ci',
1480 1480 [('A', 'addremove', None,
1481 1481 _('mark new/missing files as added/removed before committing')),
1482 1482 ('', 'close-branch', None,
1483 1483 _('mark a branch head as closed')),
1484 1484 ('', 'amend', None, _('amend the parent of the working directory')),
1485 1485 ('s', 'secret', None, _('use the secret phase for committing')),
1486 1486 ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
1487 1487 ('i', 'interactive', None, _('use interactive mode')),
1488 1488 ] + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2 + subrepoopts,
1489 1489 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
1490 1490 inferrepo=True)
1491 1491 def commit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
1492 1492 """commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
1493 1493
1494 1494 Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a
1495 1495 centralized SCM, this operation is a local operation. See
1496 1496 :hg:`push` for a way to actively distribute your changes.
1497 1497
1498 1498 If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by :hg:`status`
1499 1499 will be committed.
1500 1500
1501 1501 If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any
1502 1502 filenames or -I/-X filters.
1503 1503
1504 1504 If no commit message is specified, Mercurial starts your
1505 1505 configured editor where you can enter a message. In case your
1506 1506 commit fails, you will find a backup of your message in
1507 1507 ``.hg/last-message.txt``.
1508 1508
1509 1509 The --close-branch flag can be used to mark the current branch
1510 1510 head closed. When all heads of a branch are closed, the branch
1511 1511 will be considered closed and no longer listed.
1512 1512
1513 1513 The --amend flag can be used to amend the parent of the
1514 1514 working directory with a new commit that contains the changes
1515 1515 in the parent in addition to those currently reported by :hg:`status`,
1516 1516 if there are any. The old commit is stored in a backup bundle in
1517 1517 ``.hg/strip-backup`` (see :hg:`help bundle` and :hg:`help unbundle`
1518 1518 on how to restore it).
1519 1519
1520 1520 Message, user and date are taken from the amended commit unless
1521 1521 specified. When a message isn't specified on the command line,
1522 1522 the editor will open with the message of the amended commit.
1523 1523
1524 1524 It is not possible to amend public changesets (see :hg:`help phases`)
1525 1525 or changesets that have children.
1526 1526
1527 1527 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
1528 1528
1529 1529 Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed.
1530 1530
1531 1531 .. container:: verbose
1532 1532
1533 1533 Examples:
1534 1534
1535 1535 - commit all files ending in .py::
1536 1536
1537 1537 hg commit --include "set:**.py"
1538 1538
1539 1539 - commit all non-binary files::
1540 1540
1541 1541 hg commit --exclude "set:binary()"
1542 1542
1543 1543 - amend the current commit and set the date to now::
1544 1544
1545 1545 hg commit --amend --date now
1546 1546 """
1547 1547 with repo.wlock(), repo.lock():
1548 1548 return _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts)
1549 1549
1550 1550 def _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
1551 1551 if opts.get(r'interactive'):
1552 1552 opts.pop(r'interactive')
1553 1553 ret = cmdutil.dorecord(ui, repo, commit, None, False,
1554 1554 cmdutil.recordfilter, *pats,
1555 1555 **opts)
1556 1556 # ret can be 0 (no changes to record) or the value returned by
1557 1557 # commit(), 1 if nothing changed or None on success.
1558 1558 return 1 if ret == 0 else ret
1559 1559
1560 1560 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1561 1561 if opts.get('subrepos'):
1562 1562 if opts.get('amend'):
1563 1563 raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with --subrepos'))
1564 1564 # Let --subrepos on the command line override config setting.
1565 1565 ui.setconfig('ui', 'commitsubrepos', True, 'commit')
1566 1566
1567 1567 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo, commit=True)
1568 1568
1569 1569 branch = repo[None].branch()
1570 1570 bheads = repo.branchheads(branch)
1571 1571
1572 1572 extra = {}
1573 1573 if opts.get('close_branch'):
1574 1574 extra['close'] = '1'
1575 1575
1576 1576 if not bheads:
1577 1577 raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads'))
1578 1578 elif opts.get('amend'):
1579 1579 if repo[None].parents()[0].p1().branch() != branch and \
1580 1580 repo[None].parents()[0].p2().branch() != branch:
1581 1581 raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads'))
1582 1582
1583 1583 if opts.get('amend'):
1584 1584 if ui.configbool('ui', 'commitsubrepos'):
1585 1585 raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with ui.commitsubrepos enabled'))
1586 1586
1587 1587 old = repo['.']
1588 1588 rewriteutil.precheck(repo, [old.rev()], 'amend')
1589 1589
1590 1590 # Currently histedit gets confused if an amend happens while histedit
1591 1591 # is in progress. Since we have a checkunfinished command, we are
1592 1592 # temporarily honoring it.
1593 1593 #
1594 1594 # Note: eventually this guard will be removed. Please do not expect
1595 1595 # this behavior to remain.
1596 1596 if not obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt):
1597 1597 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
1598 1598
1599 1599 node = cmdutil.amend(ui, repo, old, extra, pats, opts)
1600 1600 if node == old.node():
1601 1601 ui.status(_("nothing changed\n"))
1602 1602 return 1
1603 1603 else:
1604 1604 def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts):
1605 1605 overrides = {}
1606 1606 if opts.get('secret'):
1607 1607 overrides[('phases', 'new-commit')] = 'secret'
1608 1608
1609 1609 baseui = repo.baseui
1610 1610 with baseui.configoverride(overrides, 'commit'):
1611 1611 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'commit'):
1612 1612 editform = cmdutil.mergeeditform(repo[None],
1613 1613 'commit.normal')
1614 1614 editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(
1615 1615 editform=editform, **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
1616 1616 return repo.commit(message,
1617 1617 opts.get('user'),
1618 1618 opts.get('date'),
1619 1619 match,
1620 1620 editor=editor,
1621 1621 extra=extra)
1622 1622
1623 1623 node = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, pats, opts)
1624 1624
1625 1625 if not node:
1626 1626 stat = cmdutil.postcommitstatus(repo, pats, opts)
1627 1627 if stat[3]:
1628 1628 ui.status(_("nothing changed (%d missing files, see "
1629 1629 "'hg status')\n") % len(stat[3]))
1630 1630 else:
1631 1631 ui.status(_("nothing changed\n"))
1632 1632 return 1
1633 1633
1634 1634 cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, node, branch, bheads, opts)
1635 1635
1636 1636 @command('config|showconfig|debugconfig',
1637 1637 [('u', 'untrusted', None, _('show untrusted configuration options')),
1638 1638 ('e', 'edit', None, _('edit user config')),
1639 1639 ('l', 'local', None, _('edit repository config')),
1640 1640 ('g', 'global', None, _('edit global config'))] + formatteropts,
1641 1641 _('[-u] [NAME]...'),
1642 1642 optionalrepo=True,
1643 1643 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
1644 1644 def config(ui, repo, *values, **opts):
1645 1645 """show combined config settings from all hgrc files
1646 1646
1647 1647 With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.
1648 1648
1649 1649 With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value
1650 1650 of that config item.
1651 1651
1652 1652 With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config
1653 1653 items with matching section names or section.names.
1654 1654
1655 1655 With --edit, start an editor on the user-level config file. With
1656 1656 --global, edit the system-wide config file. With --local, edit the
1657 1657 repository-level config file.
1658 1658
1659 1659 With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed
1660 1660 for each config item.
1661 1661
1662 1662 See :hg:`help config` for more information about config files.
1663 1663
1664 1664 Returns 0 on success, 1 if NAME does not exist.
1665 1665
1666 1666 """
1667 1667
1668 1668 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1669 1669 if opts.get('edit') or opts.get('local') or opts.get('global'):
1670 1670 if opts.get('local') and opts.get('global'):
1671 1671 raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local and --global together"))
1672 1672
1673 1673 if opts.get('local'):
1674 1674 if not repo:
1675 1675 raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local outside a repository"))
1676 1676 paths = [repo.vfs.join('hgrc')]
1677 1677 elif opts.get('global'):
1678 1678 paths = rcutil.systemrcpath()
1679 1679 else:
1680 1680 paths = rcutil.userrcpath()
1681 1681
1682 1682 for f in paths:
1683 1683 if os.path.exists(f):
1684 1684 break
1685 1685 else:
1686 1686 if opts.get('global'):
1687 1687 samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['global']
1688 1688 elif opts.get('local'):
1689 1689 samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['local']
1690 1690 else:
1691 1691 samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['user']
1692 1692
1693 1693 f = paths[0]
1694 1694 fp = open(f, "wb")
1695 1695 fp.write(util.tonativeeol(samplehgrc))
1696 1696 fp.close()
1697 1697
1698 1698 editor = ui.geteditor()
1699 1699 ui.system("%s \"%s\"" % (editor, f),
1700 1700 onerr=error.Abort, errprefix=_("edit failed"),
1701 1701 blockedtag='config_edit')
1702 1702 return
1703 1703 ui.pager('config')
1704 1704 fm = ui.formatter('config', opts)
1705 1705 for t, f in rcutil.rccomponents():
1706 1706 if t == 'path':
1707 1707 ui.debug('read config from: %s\n' % f)
1708 1708 elif t == 'items':
1709 1709 for section, name, value, source in f:
1710 1710 ui.debug('set config by: %s\n' % source)
1711 1711 else:
1712 1712 raise error.ProgrammingError('unknown rctype: %s' % t)
1713 1713 untrusted = bool(opts.get('untrusted'))
1714 1714
1715 1715 selsections = selentries = []
1716 1716 if values:
1717 1717 selsections = [v for v in values if '.' not in v]
1718 1718 selentries = [v for v in values if '.' in v]
1719 1719 uniquesel = (len(selentries) == 1 and not selsections)
1720 1720 selsections = set(selsections)
1721 1721 selentries = set(selentries)
1722 1722
1723 1723 matched = False
1724 1724 for section, name, value in ui.walkconfig(untrusted=untrusted):
1725 1725 source = ui.configsource(section, name, untrusted)
1726 1726 value = pycompat.bytestr(value)
1727 1727 if fm.isplain():
1728 1728 source = source or 'none'
1729 1729 value = value.replace('\n', '\\n')
1730 1730 entryname = section + '.' + name
1731 1731 if values and not (section in selsections or entryname in selentries):
1732 1732 continue
1733 1733 fm.startitem()
1734 1734 fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'source', '%s: ', source)
1735 1735 if uniquesel:
1736 1736 fm.data(name=entryname)
1737 1737 fm.write('value', '%s\n', value)
1738 1738 else:
1739 1739 fm.write('name value', '%s=%s\n', entryname, value)
1740 1740 matched = True
1741 1741 fm.end()
1742 1742 if matched:
1743 1743 return 0
1744 1744 return 1
1745 1745
1746 1746 @command('copy|cp',
1747 1747 [('A', 'after', None, _('record a copy that has already occurred')),
1748 1748 ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')),
1749 1749 ] + walkopts + dryrunopts,
1750 1750 _('[OPTION]... [SOURCE]... DEST'))
1751 1751 def copy(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
1752 1752 """mark files as copied for the next commit
1753 1753
1754 1754 Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a
1755 1755 directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,
1756 1756 the source must be a single file.
1757 1757
1758 1758 By default, this command copies the contents of files as they
1759 1759 exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the
1760 1760 operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.
1761 1761
1762 1762 This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy
1763 1763 before that, see :hg:`revert`.
1764 1764
1765 1765 Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
1766 1766 """
1767 1767 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1768 1768 with repo.wlock(False):
1769 1769 return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts)
1770 1770
1771 1771 @command('debugcommands', [], _('[COMMAND]'), norepo=True)
1772 1772 def debugcommands(ui, cmd='', *args):
1773 1773 """list all available commands and options"""
1774 1774 for cmd, vals in sorted(table.iteritems()):
1775 1775 cmd = cmd.split('|')[0].strip('^')
1776 1776 opts = ', '.join([i[1] for i in vals[1]])
1777 1777 ui.write('%s: %s\n' % (cmd, opts))
1778 1778
1779 1779 @command('debugcomplete',
1780 1780 [('o', 'options', None, _('show the command options'))],
1781 1781 _('[-o] CMD'),
1782 1782 norepo=True)
1783 1783 def debugcomplete(ui, cmd='', **opts):
1784 1784 """returns the completion list associated with the given command"""
1785 1785
1786 1786 if opts.get(r'options'):
1787 1787 options = []
1788 1788 otables = [globalopts]
1789 1789 if cmd:
1790 1790 aliases, entry = cmdutil.findcmd(cmd, table, False)
1791 1791 otables.append(entry[1])
1792 1792 for t in otables:
1793 1793 for o in t:
1794 1794 if "(DEPRECATED)" in o[3]:
1795 1795 continue
1796 1796 if o[0]:
1797 1797 options.append('-%s' % o[0])
1798 1798 options.append('--%s' % o[1])
1799 1799 ui.write("%s\n" % "\n".join(options))
1800 1800 return
1801 1801
1802 1802 cmdlist, unused_allcmds = cmdutil.findpossible(cmd, table)
1803 1803 if ui.verbose:
1804 1804 cmdlist = [' '.join(c[0]) for c in cmdlist.values()]
1805 1805 ui.write("%s\n" % "\n".join(sorted(cmdlist)))
1806 1806
1807 1807 @command('^diff',
1808 1808 [('r', 'rev', [], _('revision'), _('REV')),
1809 1809 ('c', 'change', '', _('change made by revision'), _('REV'))
1810 1810 ] + diffopts + diffopts2 + walkopts + subrepoopts,
1811 1811 _('[OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]...'),
1812 1812 inferrepo=True,
1813 1813 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
1814 1814 def diff(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
1815 1815 """diff repository (or selected files)
1816 1816
1817 1817 Show differences between revisions for the specified files.
1818 1818
1819 1819 Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.
1820 1820
1821 1821 .. note::
1822 1822
1823 1823 :hg:`diff` may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will
1824 1824 default to comparing against the working directory's first
1825 1825 parent changeset if no revisions are specified.
1826 1826
1827 1827 When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown
1828 1828 between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then
1829 1829 that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no
1830 1830 revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared
1831 1831 to its first parent.
1832 1832
1833 1833 Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see
1834 1834 the changes in that changeset relative to its first parent.
1835 1835
1836 1836 Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of
1837 1837 files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff
1838 1838 anyway, probably with undesirable results.
1839 1839
1840 1840 Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
1841 1841 format. For more information, read :hg:`help diffs`.
1842 1842
1843 1843 .. container:: verbose
1844 1844
1845 1845 Examples:
1846 1846
1847 1847 - compare a file in the current working directory to its parent::
1848 1848
1849 1849 hg diff foo.c
1850 1850
1851 1851 - compare two historical versions of a directory, with rename info::
1852 1852
1853 1853 hg diff --git -r 1.0:1.2 lib/
1854 1854
1855 1855 - get change stats relative to the last change on some date::
1856 1856
1857 1857 hg diff --stat -r "date('may 2')"
1858 1858
1859 1859 - diff all newly-added files that contain a keyword::
1860 1860
1861 1861 hg diff "set:added() and grep(GNU)"
1862 1862
1863 1863 - compare a revision and its parents::
1864 1864
1865 1865 hg diff -c 9353 # compare against first parent
1866 1866 hg diff -r 9353^:9353 # same using revset syntax
1867 1867 hg diff -r 9353^2:9353 # compare against the second parent
1868 1868
1869 1869 Returns 0 on success.
1870 1870 """
1871 1871
1872 1872 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1873 1873 revs = opts.get('rev')
1874 1874 change = opts.get('change')
1875 1875 stat = opts.get('stat')
1876 1876 reverse = opts.get('reverse')
1877 1877
1878 1878 if revs and change:
1879 1879 msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time')
1880 1880 raise error.Abort(msg)
1881 1881 elif change:
1882 1882 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [change], 'nowarn')
1883 1883 ctx2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None)
1884 1884 ctx1 = ctx2.p1()
1885 1885 else:
1886 1886 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, revs, 'nowarn')
1887 1887 ctx1, ctx2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs)
1888 1888 node1, node2 = ctx1.node(), ctx2.node()
1889 1889
1890 1890 if reverse:
1891 1891 node1, node2 = node2, node1
1892 1892
1893 1893 diffopts = patch.diffallopts(ui, opts)
1894 1894 m = scmutil.match(ctx2, pats, opts)
1895 1895 ui.pager('diff')
1896 1896 logcmdutil.diffordiffstat(ui, repo, diffopts, node1, node2, m, stat=stat,
1897 1897 listsubrepos=opts.get('subrepos'),
1898 1898 root=opts.get('root'))
1899 1899
1900 1900 @command('^export',
1901 1901 [('B', 'bookmark', '',
1902 1902 _('export changes only reachable by given bookmark')),
1903 1903 ('o', 'output', '',
1904 1904 _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')),
1905 1905 ('', 'switch-parent', None, _('diff against the second parent')),
1906 1906 ('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to export'), _('REV')),
1907 1907 ] + diffopts + formatteropts,
1908 1908 _('[OPTION]... [-o OUTFILESPEC] [-r] [REV]...'),
1909 1909 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
1910 1910 def export(ui, repo, *changesets, **opts):
1911 1911 """dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
1912 1912
1913 1913 Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.
1914 1914 If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used.
1915 1915
1916 1916 The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date,
1917 1917 branch name (if non-default), changeset hash, parent(s) and commit
1918 1918 comment.
1919 1919
1920 1920 .. note::
1921 1921
1922 1922 :hg:`export` may generate unexpected diff output for merge
1923 1923 changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its
1924 1924 first parent only.
1925 1925
1926 1926 Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
1927 1927 given using a template string. See :hg:`help templates`. In addition
1928 1928 to the common template keywords, the following formatting rules are
1929 1929 supported:
1930 1930
1931 1931 :``%%``: literal "%" character
1932 1932 :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits)
1933 1933 :``%N``: number of patches being generated
1934 1934 :``%R``: changeset revision number
1935 1935 :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository
1936 1936 :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits)
1937 1937 :``%m``: first line of the commit message (only alphanumeric characters)
1938 1938 :``%n``: zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1
1939 1939 :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number
1940 1940 :``\\``: literal "\\" character
1941 1941
1942 1942 Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs
1943 1943 of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a
1944 1944 diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.
1945 1945
1946 1946 With -B/--bookmark changesets reachable by the given bookmark are
1947 1947 selected.
1948 1948
1949 1949 Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
1950 1950 format. See :hg:`help diffs` for more information.
1951 1951
1952 1952 With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the
1953 1953 second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.
1954 1954
1955 1955 .. container:: verbose
1956 1956
1957 1957 Examples:
1958 1958
1959 1959 - use export and import to transplant a bugfix to the current
1960 1960 branch::
1961 1961
1962 1962 hg export -r 9353 | hg import -
1963 1963
1964 1964 - export all the changesets between two revisions to a file with
1965 1965 rename information::
1966 1966
1967 1967 hg export --git -r 123:150 > changes.txt
1968 1968
1969 1969 - split outgoing changes into a series of patches with
1970 1970 descriptive names::
1971 1971
1972 1972 hg export -r "outgoing()" -o "%n-%m.patch"
1973 1973
1974 1974 Returns 0 on success.
1975 1975 """
1976 1976 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1977 1977 bookmark = opts.get('bookmark')
1978 1978 changesets += tuple(opts.get('rev', []))
1979 1979
1980 1980 if bookmark and changesets:
1981 1981 raise error.Abort(_("-r and -B are mutually exclusive"))
1982 1982
1983 1983 if bookmark:
1984 1984 if bookmark not in repo._bookmarks:
1985 1985 raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' not found") % bookmark)
1986 1986
1987 1987 revs = scmutil.bookmarkrevs(repo, bookmark)
1988 1988 else:
1989 1989 if not changesets:
1990 1990 changesets = ['.']
1991 1991
1992 1992 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, changesets, 'nowarn')
1993 1993 revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, changesets)
1994 1994
1995 1995 if not revs:
1996 1996 raise error.Abort(_("export requires at least one changeset"))
1997 1997 if len(revs) > 1:
1998 1998 ui.note(_('exporting patches:\n'))
1999 1999 else:
2000 2000 ui.note(_('exporting patch:\n'))
2001 2001
2002 2002 fntemplate = opts.get('output')
2003 2003 if cmdutil.isstdiofilename(fntemplate):
2004 2004 fntemplate = ''
2005 2005
2006 2006 if fntemplate:
2007 2007 fm = formatter.nullformatter(ui, 'export', opts)
2008 2008 else:
2009 2009 ui.pager('export')
2010 2010 fm = ui.formatter('export', opts)
2011 2011 with fm:
2012 2012 cmdutil.export(repo, revs, fm, fntemplate=fntemplate,
2013 2013 switch_parent=opts.get('switch_parent'),
2014 2014 opts=patch.diffallopts(ui, opts))
2015 2015
2016 2016 @command('files',
2017 2017 [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')),
2018 2018 ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')),
2019 2019 ] + walkopts + formatteropts + subrepoopts,
2020 2020 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
2021 2021 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
2022 2022 def files(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
2023 2023 """list tracked files
2024 2024
2025 2025 Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory or
2026 2026 specified revision for given files (excluding removed files).
2027 2027 Files can be specified as filenames or filesets.
2028 2028
2029 2029 If no files are given to match, this command prints the names
2030 2030 of all files under Mercurial control.
2031 2031
2032 2032 .. container:: verbose
2033 2033
2034 2034 Examples:
2035 2035
2036 2036 - list all files under the current directory::
2037 2037
2038 2038 hg files .
2039 2039
2040 2040 - shows sizes and flags for current revision::
2041 2041
2042 2042 hg files -vr .
2043 2043
2044 2044 - list all files named README::
2045 2045
2046 2046 hg files -I "**/README"
2047 2047
2048 2048 - list all binary files::
2049 2049
2050 2050 hg files "set:binary()"
2051 2051
2052 2052 - find files containing a regular expression::
2053 2053
2054 2054 hg files "set:grep('bob')"
2055 2055
2056 2056 - search tracked file contents with xargs and grep::
2057 2057
2058 2058 hg files -0 | xargs -0 grep foo
2059 2059
2060 2060 See :hg:`help patterns` and :hg:`help filesets` for more information
2061 2061 on specifying file patterns.
2062 2062
2063 2063 Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise.
2064 2064
2065 2065 """
2066 2066
2067 2067 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2068 2068 rev = opts.get('rev')
2069 2069 if rev:
2070 2070 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
2071 2071 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None)
2072 2072
2073 2073 end = '\n'
2074 2074 if opts.get('print0'):
2075 2075 end = '\0'
2076 2076 fmt = '%s' + end
2077 2077
2078 2078 m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts)
2079 2079 ui.pager('files')
2080 2080 with ui.formatter('files', opts) as fm:
2081 2081 return cmdutil.files(ui, ctx, m, fm, fmt, opts.get('subrepos'))
2082 2082
2083 2083 @command(
2084 2084 '^forget',
2085 2085 [('i', 'interactive', None, _('use interactive mode')),
2086 2086 ] + walkopts + dryrunopts,
2087 2087 _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), inferrepo=True)
2088 2088 def forget(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
2089 2089 """forget the specified files on the next commit
2090 2090
2091 2091 Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked
2092 2092 after the next commit.
2093 2093
2094 2094 This only removes files from the current branch, not from the
2095 2095 entire project history, and it does not delete them from the
2096 2096 working directory.
2097 2097
2098 2098 To delete the file from the working directory, see :hg:`remove`.
2099 2099
2100 2100 To undo a forget before the next commit, see :hg:`add`.
2101 2101
2102 2102 .. container:: verbose
2103 2103
2104 2104 Examples:
2105 2105
2106 2106 - forget newly-added binary files::
2107 2107
2108 2108 hg forget "set:added() and binary()"
2109 2109
2110 2110 - forget files that would be excluded by .hgignore::
2111 2111
2112 2112 hg forget "set:hgignore()"
2113 2113
2114 2114 Returns 0 on success.
2115 2115 """
2116 2116
2117 2117 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2118 2118 if not pats:
2119 2119 raise error.Abort(_('no files specified'))
2120 2120
2121 2121 m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
2122 2122 dryrun, interactive = opts.get('dry_run'), opts.get('interactive')
2123 2123 rejected = cmdutil.forget(ui, repo, m, prefix="",
2124 2124 explicitonly=False, dryrun=dryrun,
2125 2125 interactive=interactive)[0]
2126 2126 return rejected and 1 or 0
2127 2127
2128 2128 @command(
2129 2129 'graft',
2130 2130 [('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to graft'), _('REV')),
2131 2131 ('c', 'continue', False, _('resume interrupted graft')),
2132 2132 ('', 'stop', False, _('stop interrupted graft')),
2133 2133 ('', 'abort', False, _('abort interrupted graft')),
2134 2134 ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
2135 2135 ('', 'log', None, _('append graft info to log message')),
2136 2136 ('', 'no-commit', None,
2137 2137 _("don't commit, just apply the changes in working directory")),
2138 2138 ('f', 'force', False, _('force graft')),
2139 2139 ('D', 'currentdate', False,
2140 2140 _('record the current date as commit date')),
2141 2141 ('U', 'currentuser', False,
2142 2142 _('record the current user as committer'), _('DATE'))]
2143 2143 + commitopts2 + mergetoolopts + dryrunopts,
2144 2144 _('[OPTION]... [-r REV]... REV...'))
2145 2145 def graft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts):
2146 2146 '''copy changes from other branches onto the current branch
2147 2147
2148 2148 This command uses Mercurial's merge logic to copy individual
2149 2149 changes from other branches without merging branches in the
2150 2150 history graph. This is sometimes known as 'backporting' or
2151 2151 'cherry-picking'. By default, graft will copy user, date, and
2152 2152 description from the source changesets.
2153 2153
2154 2154 Changesets that are ancestors of the current revision, that have
2155 2155 already been grafted, or that are merges will be skipped.
2156 2156
2157 2157 If --log is specified, log messages will have a comment appended
2158 2158 of the form::
2159 2159
2160 2160 (grafted from CHANGESETHASH)
2161 2161
2162 2162 If --force is specified, revisions will be grafted even if they
2163 2163 are already ancestors of, or have been grafted to, the destination.
2164 2164 This is useful when the revisions have since been backed out.
2165 2165
2166 2166 If a graft merge results in conflicts, the graft process is
2167 2167 interrupted so that the current merge can be manually resolved.
2168 2168 Once all conflicts are addressed, the graft process can be
2169 2169 continued with the -c/--continue option.
2170 2170
2171 2171 The -c/--continue option reapplies all the earlier options.
2172 2172
2173 2173 .. container:: verbose
2174 2174
2175 2175 Examples:
2176 2176
2177 2177 - copy a single change to the stable branch and edit its description::
2178 2178
2179 2179 hg update stable
2180 2180 hg graft --edit 9393
2181 2181
2182 2182 - graft a range of changesets with one exception, updating dates::
2183 2183
2184 2184 hg graft -D "2085::2093 and not 2091"
2185 2185
2186 2186 - continue a graft after resolving conflicts::
2187 2187
2188 2188 hg graft -c
2189 2189
2190 2190 - show the source of a grafted changeset::
2191 2191
2192 2192 hg log --debug -r .
2193 2193
2194 2194 - show revisions sorted by date::
2195 2195
2196 2196 hg log -r "sort(all(), date)"
2197 2197
2198 2198 See :hg:`help revisions` for more about specifying revisions.
2199 2199
2200 2200 Returns 0 on successful completion.
2201 2201 '''
2202 2202 with repo.wlock():
2203 2203 return _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts)
2204 2204
2205 2205 def _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts):
2206 2206 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2207 2207 if revs and opts.get('rev'):
2208 2208 ui.warn(_('warning: inconsistent use of --rev might give unexpected '
2209 2209 'revision ordering!\n'))
2210 2210
2211 2211 revs = list(revs)
2212 2212 revs.extend(opts.get('rev'))
2213 2213 # a dict of data to be stored in state file
2214 2214 statedata = {}
2215 2215 # list of new nodes created by ongoing graft
2216 2216 statedata['newnodes'] = []
2217 2217
2218 2218 if not opts.get('user') and opts.get('currentuser'):
2219 2219 opts['user'] = ui.username()
2220 2220 if not opts.get('date') and opts.get('currentdate'):
2221 2221 opts['date'] = "%d %d" % dateutil.makedate()
2222 2222
2223 2223 editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform='graft',
2224 2224 **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
2225 2225
2226 2226 cont = False
2227 2227 if opts.get('no_commit'):
2228 2228 if opts.get('edit'):
2229 2229 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify --no-commit and "
2230 2230 "--edit together"))
2231 2231 if opts.get('currentuser'):
2232 2232 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify --no-commit and "
2233 2233 "--currentuser together"))
2234 2234 if opts.get('currentdate'):
2235 2235 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify --no-commit and "
2236 2236 "--currentdate together"))
2237 2237 if opts.get('log'):
2238 2238 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify --no-commit and "
2239 2239 "--log together"))
2240 2240
2241 2241 graftstate = statemod.cmdstate(repo, 'graftstate')
2242 2242
2243 2243 if opts.get('stop'):
2244 2244 if opts.get('continue'):
2245 2245 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use '--continue' and "
2246 2246 "'--stop' together"))
2247 2247 if opts.get('abort'):
2248 2248 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use '--abort' and '--stop' together"))
2249 2249
2250 2250 if any((opts.get('edit'), opts.get('log'), opts.get('user'),
2251 2251 opts.get('date'), opts.get('currentdate'),
2252 2252 opts.get('currentuser'), opts.get('rev'))):
2253 2253 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify any other flag with '--stop'"))
2254 2254 return _stopgraft(ui, repo, graftstate)
2255 2255 elif opts.get('abort'):
2256 2256 if opts.get('continue'):
2257 2257 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use '--continue' and "
2258 2258 "'--abort' together"))
2259 2259 if any((opts.get('edit'), opts.get('log'), opts.get('user'),
2260 2260 opts.get('date'), opts.get('currentdate'),
2261 2261 opts.get('currentuser'), opts.get('rev'))):
2262 2262 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify any other flag with '--abort'"))
2263 2263
2264 2264 return _abortgraft(ui, repo, graftstate)
2265 2265 elif opts.get('continue'):
2266 2266 cont = True
2267 2267 if revs:
2268 2268 raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --continue and revisions"))
2269 2269 # read in unfinished revisions
2270 2270 if graftstate.exists():
2271 2271 statedata = _readgraftstate(repo, graftstate)
2272 2272 if statedata.get('date'):
2273 2273 opts['date'] = statedata['date']
2274 2274 if statedata.get('user'):
2275 2275 opts['user'] = statedata['user']
2276 2276 if statedata.get('log'):
2277 2277 opts['log'] = True
2278 2278 if statedata.get('no_commit'):
2279 2279 opts['no_commit'] = statedata.get('no_commit')
2280 2280 nodes = statedata['nodes']
2281 2281 revs = [repo[node].rev() for node in nodes]
2282 2282 else:
2283 2283 cmdutil.wrongtooltocontinue(repo, _('graft'))
2284 2284 else:
2285 2285 if not revs:
2286 2286 raise error.Abort(_('no revisions specified'))
2287 2287 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
2288 2288 cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
2289 2289 revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)
2290 2290
2291 2291 skipped = set()
2292 2292 # check for merges
2293 2293 for rev in repo.revs('%ld and merge()', revs):
2294 2294 ui.warn(_('skipping ungraftable merge revision %d\n') % rev)
2295 2295 skipped.add(rev)
2296 2296 revs = [r for r in revs if r not in skipped]
2297 2297 if not revs:
2298 2298 return -1
2299 2299
2300 2300 # Don't check in the --continue case, in effect retaining --force across
2301 2301 # --continues. That's because without --force, any revisions we decided to
2302 2302 # skip would have been filtered out here, so they wouldn't have made their
2303 2303 # way to the graftstate. With --force, any revisions we would have otherwise
2304 2304 # skipped would not have been filtered out, and if they hadn't been applied
2305 2305 # already, they'd have been in the graftstate.
2306 2306 if not (cont or opts.get('force')):
2307 2307 # check for ancestors of dest branch
2308 2308 crev = repo['.'].rev()
2309 2309 ancestors = repo.changelog.ancestors([crev], inclusive=True)
2310 2310 # XXX make this lazy in the future
2311 2311 # don't mutate while iterating, create a copy
2312 2312 for rev in list(revs):
2313 2313 if rev in ancestors:
2314 2314 ui.warn(_('skipping ancestor revision %d:%s\n') %
2315 2315 (rev, repo[rev]))
2316 2316 # XXX remove on list is slow
2317 2317 revs.remove(rev)
2318 2318 if not revs:
2319 2319 return -1
2320 2320
2321 2321 # analyze revs for earlier grafts
2322 2322 ids = {}
2323 2323 for ctx in repo.set("%ld", revs):
2324 2324 ids[ctx.hex()] = ctx.rev()
2325 2325 n = ctx.extra().get('source')
2326 2326 if n:
2327 2327 ids[n] = ctx.rev()
2328 2328
2329 2329 # check ancestors for earlier grafts
2330 2330 ui.debug('scanning for duplicate grafts\n')
2331 2331
2332 2332 # The only changesets we can be sure doesn't contain grafts of any
2333 2333 # revs, are the ones that are common ancestors of *all* revs:
2334 2334 for rev in repo.revs('only(%d,ancestor(%ld))', crev, revs):
2335 2335 ctx = repo[rev]
2336 2336 n = ctx.extra().get('source')
2337 2337 if n in ids:
2338 2338 try:
2339 2339 r = repo[n].rev()
2340 2340 except error.RepoLookupError:
2341 2341 r = None
2342 2342 if r in revs:
2343 2343 ui.warn(_('skipping revision %d:%s '
2344 2344 '(already grafted to %d:%s)\n')
2345 2345 % (r, repo[r], rev, ctx))
2346 2346 revs.remove(r)
2347 2347 elif ids[n] in revs:
2348 2348 if r is None:
2349 2349 ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s '
2350 2350 '(%d:%s also has unknown origin %s)\n')
2351 2351 % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, n[:12]))
2352 2352 else:
2353 2353 ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s '
2354 2354 '(%d:%s also has origin %d:%s)\n')
2355 2355 % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, r, n[:12]))
2356 2356 revs.remove(ids[n])
2357 2357 elif ctx.hex() in ids:
2358 2358 r = ids[ctx.hex()]
2359 2359 ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s '
2360 2360 '(was grafted from %d:%s)\n') %
2361 2361 (r, repo[r], rev, ctx))
2362 2362 revs.remove(r)
2363 2363 if not revs:
2364 2364 return -1
2365 2365
2366 2366 if opts.get('no_commit'):
2367 2367 statedata['no_commit'] = True
2368 2368 for pos, ctx in enumerate(repo.set("%ld", revs)):
2369 2369 desc = '%d:%s "%s"' % (ctx.rev(), ctx,
2370 2370 ctx.description().split('\n', 1)[0])
2371 2371 names = repo.nodetags(ctx.node()) + repo.nodebookmarks(ctx.node())
2372 2372 if names:
2373 2373 desc += ' (%s)' % ' '.join(names)
2374 2374 ui.status(_('grafting %s\n') % desc)
2375 2375 if opts.get('dry_run'):
2376 2376 continue
2377 2377
2378 2378 source = ctx.extra().get('source')
2379 2379 extra = {}
2380 2380 if source:
2381 2381 extra['source'] = source
2382 2382 extra['intermediate-source'] = ctx.hex()
2383 2383 else:
2384 2384 extra['source'] = ctx.hex()
2385 2385 user = ctx.user()
2386 2386 if opts.get('user'):
2387 2387 user = opts['user']
2388 2388 statedata['user'] = user
2389 2389 date = ctx.date()
2390 2390 if opts.get('date'):
2391 2391 date = opts['date']
2392 2392 statedata['date'] = date
2393 2393 message = ctx.description()
2394 2394 if opts.get('log'):
2395 2395 message += '\n(grafted from %s)' % ctx.hex()
2396 2396 statedata['log'] = True
2397 2397
2398 2398 # we don't merge the first commit when continuing
2399 2399 if not cont:
2400 2400 # perform the graft merge with p1(rev) as 'ancestor'
2401 2401 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
2402 2402 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'graft'):
2403 2403 stats = mergemod.graft(repo, ctx, ctx.p1(), ['local', 'graft'])
2404 2404 # report any conflicts
2405 2405 if stats.unresolvedcount > 0:
2406 2406 # write out state for --continue
2407 2407 nodes = [repo[rev].hex() for rev in revs[pos:]]
2408 2408 statedata['nodes'] = nodes
2409 2409 stateversion = 1
2410 2410 graftstate.save(stateversion, statedata)
2411 2411 hint = _("use 'hg resolve' and 'hg graft --continue'")
2412 2412 raise error.Abort(
2413 2413 _("unresolved conflicts, can't continue"),
2414 2414 hint=hint)
2415 2415 else:
2416 2416 cont = False
2417 2417
2418 2418 # commit if --no-commit is false
2419 2419 if not opts.get('no_commit'):
2420 2420 node = repo.commit(text=message, user=user, date=date, extra=extra,
2421 2421 editor=editor)
2422 2422 if node is None:
2423 2423 ui.warn(
2424 2424 _('note: graft of %d:%s created no changes to commit\n') %
2425 2425 (ctx.rev(), ctx))
2426 2426 # checking that newnodes exist because old state files won't have it
2427 2427 elif statedata.get('newnodes') is not None:
2428 2428 statedata['newnodes'].append(node)
2429 2429
2430 2430 # remove state when we complete successfully
2431 2431 if not opts.get('dry_run'):
2432 2432 graftstate.delete()
2433 2433
2434 2434 return 0
2435 2435
2436 2436 def _abortgraft(ui, repo, graftstate):
2437 2437 """abort the interrupted graft and rollbacks to the state before interrupted
2438 2438 graft"""
2439 2439 if not graftstate.exists():
2440 2440 raise error.Abort(_("no interrupted graft to abort"))
2441 2441 statedata = _readgraftstate(repo, graftstate)
2442 2442 newnodes = statedata.get('newnodes')
2443 2443 if newnodes is None:
2444 2444 # and old graft state which does not have all the data required to abort
2445 2445 # the graft
2446 2446 raise error.Abort(_("cannot abort using an old graftstate"))
2447 2447
2448 2448 # changeset from which graft operation was started
2449 2449 startctx = None
2450 2450 if len(newnodes) > 0:
2451 2451 startctx = repo[newnodes[0]].p1()
2452 2452 else:
2453 2453 startctx = repo['.']
2454 2454 # whether to strip or not
2455 2455 cleanup = False
2456 2456 if newnodes:
2457 2457 newnodes = [repo[r].rev() for r in newnodes]
2458 2458 cleanup = True
2459 2459 # checking that none of the newnodes turned public or is public
2460 2460 immutable = [c for c in newnodes if not repo[c].mutable()]
2461 2461 if immutable:
2462 2462 repo.ui.warn(_("cannot clean up public changesets %s\n")
2463 2463 % ', '.join(bytes(repo[r]) for r in immutable),
2464 2464 hint=_("see 'hg help phases' for details"))
2465 2465 cleanup = False
2466 2466
2467 2467 # checking that no new nodes are created on top of grafted revs
2468 2468 desc = set(repo.changelog.descendants(newnodes))
2469 2469 if desc - set(newnodes):
2470 2470 repo.ui.warn(_("new changesets detected on destination "
2471 2471 "branch, can't strip\n"))
2472 2472 cleanup = False
2473 2473
2474 2474 if cleanup:
2475 2475 with repo.wlock(), repo.lock():
2476 2476 hg.updaterepo(repo, startctx.node(), overwrite=True)
2477 2477 # stripping the new nodes created
2478 2478 strippoints = [c.node() for c in repo.set("roots(%ld)",
2479 2479 newnodes)]
2480 2480 repair.strip(repo.ui, repo, strippoints, backup=False)
2481 2481
2482 2482 if not cleanup:
2483 2483 # we don't update to the startnode if we can't strip
2484 2484 startctx = repo['.']
2485 2485 hg.updaterepo(repo, startctx.node(), overwrite=True)
2486 2486
2487 2487 ui.status(_("graft aborted\n"))
2488 2488 ui.status(_("working directory is now at %s\n") % startctx.hex()[:12])
2489 2489 graftstate.delete()
2490 2490 return 0
2491 2491
2492 2492 def _readgraftstate(repo, graftstate):
2493 2493 """read the graft state file and return a dict of the data stored in it"""
2494 2494 try:
2495 2495 return graftstate.read()
2496 2496 except error.CorruptedState:
2497 2497 nodes = repo.vfs.read('graftstate').splitlines()
2498 2498 return {'nodes': nodes}
2499 2499
2500 2500 def _stopgraft(ui, repo, graftstate):
2501 2501 """stop the interrupted graft"""
2502 2502 if not graftstate.exists():
2503 2503 raise error.Abort(_("no interrupted graft found"))
2504 2504 pctx = repo['.']
2505 2505 hg.updaterepo(repo, pctx.node(), overwrite=True)
2506 2506 graftstate.delete()
2507 2507 ui.status(_("stopped the interrupted graft\n"))
2508 2508 ui.status(_("working directory is now at %s\n") % pctx.hex()[:12])
2509 2509 return 0
2510 2510
2511 2511 @command('grep',
2512 2512 [('0', 'print0', None, _('end fields with NUL')),
2513 2513 ('', 'all', None, _('print all revisions that match (DEPRECATED) ')),
2514 2514 ('', 'diff', None, _('print all revisions when the term was introduced '
2515 2515 'or removed')),
2516 2516 ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')),
2517 2517 ('f', 'follow', None,
2518 2518 _('follow changeset history,'
2519 2519 ' or file history across copies and renames')),
2520 2520 ('i', 'ignore-case', None, _('ignore case when matching')),
2521 2521 ('l', 'files-with-matches', None,
2522 2522 _('print only filenames and revisions that match')),
2523 2523 ('n', 'line-number', None, _('print matching line numbers')),
2524 2524 ('r', 'rev', [],
2525 2525 _('only search files changed within revision range'), _('REV')),
2526 2526 ('', 'all-files', None,
2527 2527 _('include all files in the changeset while grepping (EXPERIMENTAL)')),
2528 2528 ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')),
2529 2529 ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')),
2530 2530 ] + formatteropts + walkopts,
2531 2531 _('[OPTION]... PATTERN [FILE]...'),
2532 2532 inferrepo=True,
2533 2533 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
2534 2534 def grep(ui, repo, pattern, *pats, **opts):
2535 2535 """search revision history for a pattern in specified files
2536 2536
2537 2537 Search revision history for a regular expression in the specified
2538 2538 files or the entire project.
2539 2539
2540 2540 By default, grep prints the most recent revision number for each
2541 2541 file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision
2542 2542 that contains a change in match status ("-" for a match that becomes
2543 2543 a non-match, or "+" for a non-match that becomes a match), use the
2544 2544 --diff flag.
2545 2545
2546 2546 PATTERN can be any Python (roughly Perl-compatible) regular
2547 2547 expression.
2548 2548
2549 2549 If no FILEs are specified (and -f/--follow isn't set), all files in
2550 2550 the repository are searched, including those that don't exist in the
2551 2551 current branch or have been deleted in a prior changeset.
2552 2552
2553 2553 Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise.
2554 2554 """
2555 2555 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2556 2556 diff = opts.get('all') or opts.get('diff')
2557 2557 all_files = opts.get('all_files')
2558 2558 if diff and opts.get('all_files'):
2559 2559 raise error.Abort(_('--diff and --all-files are mutually exclusive'))
2560 2560 # TODO: remove "not opts.get('rev')" if --all-files -rMULTIREV gets working
2561 2561 if opts.get('all_files') is None and not opts.get('rev') and not diff:
2562 2562 # experimental config: commands.grep.all-files
2563 2563 opts['all_files'] = ui.configbool('commands', 'grep.all-files')
2564 2564 plaingrep = opts.get('all_files') and not opts.get('rev')
2565 2565 if plaingrep:
2566 2566 opts['rev'] = ['wdir()']
2567 2567
2568 2568 reflags = re.M
2569 2569 if opts.get('ignore_case'):
2570 2570 reflags |= re.I
2571 2571 try:
2572 2572 regexp = util.re.compile(pattern, reflags)
2573 2573 except re.error as inst:
2574 2574 ui.warn(_("grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n") % pycompat.bytestr(inst))
2575 2575 return 1
2576 2576 sep, eol = ':', '\n'
2577 2577 if opts.get('print0'):
2578 2578 sep = eol = '\0'
2579 2579
2580 2580 getfile = util.lrucachefunc(repo.file)
2581 2581
2582 2582 def matchlines(body):
2583 2583 begin = 0
2584 2584 linenum = 0
2585 2585 while begin < len(body):
2586 2586 match = regexp.search(body, begin)
2587 2587 if not match:
2588 2588 break
2589 2589 mstart, mend = match.span()
2590 2590 linenum += body.count('\n', begin, mstart) + 1
2591 2591 lstart = body.rfind('\n', begin, mstart) + 1 or begin
2592 2592 begin = body.find('\n', mend) + 1 or len(body) + 1
2593 2593 lend = begin - 1
2594 2594 yield linenum, mstart - lstart, mend - lstart, body[lstart:lend]
2595 2595
2596 2596 class linestate(object):
2597 2597 def __init__(self, line, linenum, colstart, colend):
2598 2598 self.line = line
2599 2599 self.linenum = linenum
2600 2600 self.colstart = colstart
2601 2601 self.colend = colend
2602 2602
2603 2603 def __hash__(self):
2604 2604 return hash((self.linenum, self.line))
2605 2605
2606 2606 def __eq__(self, other):
2607 2607 return self.line == other.line
2608 2608
2609 2609 def findpos(self):
2610 2610 """Iterate all (start, end) indices of matches"""
2611 2611 yield self.colstart, self.colend
2612 2612 p = self.colend
2613 2613 while p < len(self.line):
2614 2614 m = regexp.search(self.line, p)
2615 2615 if not m:
2616 2616 break
2617 2617 yield m.span()
2618 2618 p = m.end()
2619 2619
2620 2620 matches = {}
2621 2621 copies = {}
2622 2622 def grepbody(fn, rev, body):
2623 2623 matches[rev].setdefault(fn, [])
2624 2624 m = matches[rev][fn]
2625 2625 for lnum, cstart, cend, line in matchlines(body):
2626 2626 s = linestate(line, lnum, cstart, cend)
2627 2627 m.append(s)
2628 2628
2629 2629 def difflinestates(a, b):
2630 2630 sm = difflib.SequenceMatcher(None, a, b)
2631 2631 for tag, alo, ahi, blo, bhi in sm.get_opcodes():
2632 2632 if tag == r'insert':
2633 2633 for i in pycompat.xrange(blo, bhi):
2634 2634 yield ('+', b[i])
2635 2635 elif tag == r'delete':
2636 2636 for i in pycompat.xrange(alo, ahi):
2637 2637 yield ('-', a[i])
2638 2638 elif tag == r'replace':
2639 2639 for i in pycompat.xrange(alo, ahi):
2640 2640 yield ('-', a[i])
2641 2641 for i in pycompat.xrange(blo, bhi):
2642 2642 yield ('+', b[i])
2643 2643
2644 2644 def display(fm, fn, ctx, pstates, states):
2645 2645 rev = scmutil.intrev(ctx)
2646 2646 if fm.isplain():
2647 2647 formatuser = ui.shortuser
2648 2648 else:
2649 2649 formatuser = pycompat.bytestr
2650 2650 if ui.quiet:
2651 2651 datefmt = '%Y-%m-%d'
2652 2652 else:
2653 2653 datefmt = '%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y %1%2'
2654 2654 found = False
2655 2655 @util.cachefunc
2656 2656 def binary():
2657 2657 flog = getfile(fn)
2658 2658 try:
2659 2659 return stringutil.binary(flog.read(ctx.filenode(fn)))
2660 2660 except error.WdirUnsupported:
2661 2661 return ctx[fn].isbinary()
2662 2662
2663 2663 fieldnamemap = {'filename': 'path', 'linenumber': 'line_number'}
2664 2664 if diff:
2665 2665 iter = difflinestates(pstates, states)
2666 2666 else:
2667 2667 iter = [('', l) for l in states]
2668 2668 for change, l in iter:
2669 2669 fm.startitem()
2670 2670 fm.context(ctx=ctx)
2671 2671 fm.data(node=fm.hexfunc(scmutil.binnode(ctx)))
2672 2672
2673 2673 cols = [
2674 2674 ('filename', '%s', fn, True),
2675 2675 ('rev', '%d', rev, not plaingrep),
2676 2676 ('linenumber', '%d', l.linenum, opts.get('line_number')),
2677 2677 ]
2678 2678 if diff:
2679 2679 cols.append(('change', '%s', change, True))
2680 2680 cols.extend([
2681 2681 ('user', '%s', formatuser(ctx.user()), opts.get('user')),
2682 2682 ('date', '%s', fm.formatdate(ctx.date(), datefmt),
2683 2683 opts.get('date')),
2684 2684 ])
2685 2685 lastcol = next(
2686 2686 name for name, fmt, data, cond in reversed(cols) if cond)
2687 2687 for name, fmt, data, cond in cols:
2688 2688 field = fieldnamemap.get(name, name)
2689 2689 fm.condwrite(cond, field, fmt, data, label='grep.%s' % name)
2690 2690 if cond and name != lastcol:
2691 2691 fm.plain(sep, label='grep.sep')
2692 2692 if not opts.get('files_with_matches'):
2693 2693 fm.plain(sep, label='grep.sep')
2694 2694 if not opts.get('text') and binary():
2695 2695 fm.plain(_(" Binary file matches"))
2696 2696 else:
2697 2697 displaymatches(fm.nested('texts', tmpl='{text}'), l)
2698 2698 fm.plain(eol)
2699 2699 found = True
2700 2700 if opts.get('files_with_matches'):
2701 2701 break
2702 2702 return found
2703 2703
2704 2704 def displaymatches(fm, l):
2705 2705 p = 0
2706 2706 for s, e in l.findpos():
2707 2707 if p < s:
2708 2708 fm.startitem()
2709 2709 fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[p:s])
2710 2710 fm.data(matched=False)
2711 2711 fm.startitem()
2712 2712 fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[s:e], label='grep.match')
2713 2713 fm.data(matched=True)
2714 2714 p = e
2715 2715 if p < len(l.line):
2716 2716 fm.startitem()
2717 2717 fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[p:])
2718 2718 fm.data(matched=False)
2719 2719 fm.end()
2720 2720
2721 2721 skip = {}
2722 2722 revfiles = {}
2723 2723 match = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
2724 2724 found = False
2725 2725 follow = opts.get('follow')
2726 2726
2727 2727 def prep(ctx, fns):
2728 2728 rev = ctx.rev()
2729 2729 pctx = ctx.p1()
2730 2730 parent = pctx.rev()
2731 2731 matches.setdefault(rev, {})
2732 2732 matches.setdefault(parent, {})
2733 2733 files = revfiles.setdefault(rev, [])
2734 2734 for fn in fns:
2735 2735 flog = getfile(fn)
2736 2736 try:
2737 2737 fnode = ctx.filenode(fn)
2738 2738 except error.LookupError:
2739 2739 continue
2740 2740 try:
2741 2741 copied = flog.renamed(fnode)
2742 2742 except error.WdirUnsupported:
2743 2743 copied = ctx[fn].renamed()
2744 2744 copy = follow and copied and copied[0]
2745 2745 if copy:
2746 2746 copies.setdefault(rev, {})[fn] = copy
2747 2747 if fn in skip:
2748 2748 if copy:
2749 2749 skip[copy] = True
2750 2750 continue
2751 2751 files.append(fn)
2752 2752
2753 2753 if fn not in matches[rev]:
2754 2754 try:
2755 2755 content = flog.read(fnode)
2756 2756 except error.WdirUnsupported:
2757 2757 content = ctx[fn].data()
2758 2758 grepbody(fn, rev, content)
2759 2759
2760 2760 pfn = copy or fn
2761 2761 if pfn not in matches[parent]:
2762 2762 try:
2763 2763 fnode = pctx.filenode(pfn)
2764 2764 grepbody(pfn, parent, flog.read(fnode))
2765 2765 except error.LookupError:
2766 2766 pass
2767 2767
2768 2768 ui.pager('grep')
2769 2769 fm = ui.formatter('grep', opts)
2770 2770 for ctx in cmdutil.walkchangerevs(repo, match, opts, prep):
2771 2771 rev = ctx.rev()
2772 2772 parent = ctx.p1().rev()
2773 2773 for fn in sorted(revfiles.get(rev, [])):
2774 2774 states = matches[rev][fn]
2775 2775 copy = copies.get(rev, {}).get(fn)
2776 2776 if fn in skip:
2777 2777 if copy:
2778 2778 skip[copy] = True
2779 2779 continue
2780 2780 pstates = matches.get(parent, {}).get(copy or fn, [])
2781 2781 if pstates or states:
2782 2782 r = display(fm, fn, ctx, pstates, states)
2783 2783 found = found or r
2784 2784 if r and not diff and not all_files:
2785 2785 skip[fn] = True
2786 2786 if copy:
2787 2787 skip[copy] = True
2788 2788 del revfiles[rev]
2789 2789 # We will keep the matches dict for the duration of the window
2790 2790 # clear the matches dict once the window is over
2791 2791 if not revfiles:
2792 2792 matches.clear()
2793 2793 fm.end()
2794 2794
2795 2795 return not found
2796 2796
2797 2797 @command('heads',
2798 2798 [('r', 'rev', '',
2799 2799 _('show only heads which are descendants of STARTREV'), _('STARTREV')),
2800 2800 ('t', 'topo', False, _('show topological heads only')),
2801 2801 ('a', 'active', False, _('show active branchheads only (DEPRECATED)')),
2802 2802 ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branch heads')),
2803 2803 ] + templateopts,
2804 2804 _('[-ct] [-r STARTREV] [REV]...'),
2805 2805 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
2806 2806 def heads(ui, repo, *branchrevs, **opts):
2807 2807 """show branch heads
2808 2808
2809 2809 With no arguments, show all open branch heads in the repository.
2810 2810 Branch heads are changesets that have no descendants on the
2811 2811 same branch. They are where development generally takes place and
2812 2812 are the usual targets for update and merge operations.
2813 2813
2814 2814 If one or more REVs are given, only open branch heads on the
2815 2815 branches associated with the specified changesets are shown. This
2816 2816 means that you can use :hg:`heads .` to see the heads on the
2817 2817 currently checked-out branch.
2818 2818
2819 2819 If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed
2820 2820 (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`).
2821 2821
2822 2822 If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of
2823 2823 STARTREV will be displayed.
2824 2824
2825 2825 If -t/--topo is specified, named branch mechanics will be ignored and only
2826 2826 topological heads (changesets with no children) will be shown.
2827 2827
2828 2828 Returns 0 if matching heads are found, 1 if not.
2829 2829 """
2830 2830
2831 2831 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2832 2832 start = None
2833 2833 rev = opts.get('rev')
2834 2834 if rev:
2835 2835 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
2836 2836 start = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None).node()
2837 2837
2838 2838 if opts.get('topo'):
2839 2839 heads = [repo[h] for h in repo.heads(start)]
2840 2840 else:
2841 2841 heads = []
2842 2842 for branch in repo.branchmap():
2843 2843 heads += repo.branchheads(branch, start, opts.get('closed'))
2844 2844 heads = [repo[h] for h in heads]
2845 2845
2846 2846 if branchrevs:
2847 2847 branches = set(repo[r].branch()
2848 2848 for r in scmutil.revrange(repo, branchrevs))
2849 2849 heads = [h for h in heads if h.branch() in branches]
2850 2850
2851 2851 if opts.get('active') and branchrevs:
2852 2852 dagheads = repo.heads(start)
2853 2853 heads = [h for h in heads if h.node() in dagheads]
2854 2854
2855 2855 if branchrevs:
2856 2856 haveheads = set(h.branch() for h in heads)
2857 2857 if branches - haveheads:
2858 2858 headless = ', '.join(b for b in branches - haveheads)
2859 2859 msg = _('no open branch heads found on branches %s')
2860 2860 if opts.get('rev'):
2861 2861 msg += _(' (started at %s)') % opts['rev']
2862 2862 ui.warn((msg + '\n') % headless)
2863 2863
2864 2864 if not heads:
2865 2865 return 1
2866 2866
2867 2867 ui.pager('heads')
2868 2868 heads = sorted(heads, key=lambda x: -x.rev())
2869 2869 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts)
2870 2870 for ctx in heads:
2871 2871 displayer.show(ctx)
2872 2872 displayer.close()
2873 2873
2874 2874 @command('help',
2875 2875 [('e', 'extension', None, _('show only help for extensions')),
2876 2876 ('c', 'command', None, _('show only help for commands')),
2877 2877 ('k', 'keyword', None, _('show topics matching keyword')),
2878 2878 ('s', 'system', [], _('show help for specific platform(s)')),
2879 2879 ],
2880 2880 _('[-ecks] [TOPIC]'),
2881 2881 norepo=True,
2882 2882 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
2883 2883 def help_(ui, name=None, **opts):
2884 2884 """show help for a given topic or a help overview
2885 2885
2886 2886 With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.
2887 2887
2888 2888 Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that
2889 2889 topic.
2890 2890
2891 2891 Returns 0 if successful.
2892 2892 """
2893 2893
2894 2894 keep = opts.get(r'system') or []
2895 2895 if len(keep) == 0:
2896 2896 if pycompat.sysplatform.startswith('win'):
2897 2897 keep.append('windows')
2898 2898 elif pycompat.sysplatform == 'OpenVMS':
2899 2899 keep.append('vms')
2900 2900 elif pycompat.sysplatform == 'plan9':
2901 2901 keep.append('plan9')
2902 2902 else:
2903 2903 keep.append('unix')
2904 2904 keep.append(pycompat.sysplatform.lower())
2905 2905 if ui.verbose:
2906 2906 keep.append('verbose')
2907 2907
2908 2908 commands = sys.modules[__name__]
2909 2909 formatted = help.formattedhelp(ui, commands, name, keep=keep, **opts)
2910 2910 ui.pager('help')
2911 2911 ui.write(formatted)
2912 2912
2913 2913
2914 2914 @command('identify|id',
2915 2915 [('r', 'rev', '',
2916 2916 _('identify the specified revision'), _('REV')),
2917 2917 ('n', 'num', None, _('show local revision number')),
2918 2918 ('i', 'id', None, _('show global revision id')),
2919 2919 ('b', 'branch', None, _('show branch')),
2920 2920 ('t', 'tags', None, _('show tags')),
2921 2921 ('B', 'bookmarks', None, _('show bookmarks')),
2922 2922 ] + remoteopts + formatteropts,
2923 2923 _('[-nibtB] [-r REV] [SOURCE]'),
2924 2924 optionalrepo=True,
2925 2925 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
2926 2926 def identify(ui, repo, source=None, rev=None,
2927 2927 num=None, id=None, branch=None, tags=None, bookmarks=None, **opts):
2928 2928 """identify the working directory or specified revision
2929 2929
2930 2930 Print a summary identifying the repository state at REV using one or
2931 2931 two parent hash identifiers, followed by a "+" if the working
2932 2932 directory has uncommitted changes, the branch name (if not default),
2933 2933 a list of tags, and a list of bookmarks.
2934 2934
2935 2935 When REV is not given, print a summary of the current state of the
2936 2936 repository including the working directory. Specify -r. to get information
2937 2937 of the working directory parent without scanning uncommitted changes.
2938 2938
2939 2939 Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will
2940 2940 cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle.
2941 2941
2942 2942 .. container:: verbose
2943 2943
2944 2944 Examples:
2945 2945
2946 2946 - generate a build identifier for the working directory::
2947 2947
2948 2948 hg id --id > build-id.dat
2949 2949
2950 2950 - find the revision corresponding to a tag::
2951 2951
2952 2952 hg id -n -r 1.3
2953 2953
2954 2954 - check the most recent revision of a remote repository::
2955 2955
2956 2956 hg id -r tip https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/
2957 2957
2958 2958 See :hg:`log` for generating more information about specific revisions,
2959 2959 including full hash identifiers.
2960 2960
2961 2961 Returns 0 if successful.
2962 2962 """
2963 2963
2964 2964 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2965 2965 if not repo and not source:
2966 2966 raise error.Abort(_("there is no Mercurial repository here "
2967 2967 "(.hg not found)"))
2968 2968
2969 2969 if ui.debugflag:
2970 2970 hexfunc = hex
2971 2971 else:
2972 2972 hexfunc = short
2973 2973 default = not (num or id or branch or tags or bookmarks)
2974 2974 output = []
2975 2975 revs = []
2976 2976
2977 2977 if source:
2978 2978 source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source))
2979 2979 peer = hg.peer(repo or ui, opts, source) # only pass ui when no repo
2980 2980 repo = peer.local()
2981 2981 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, peer, branches, None)
2982 2982
2983 2983 fm = ui.formatter('identify', opts)
2984 2984 fm.startitem()
2985 2985
2986 2986 if not repo:
2987 2987 if num or branch or tags:
2988 2988 raise error.Abort(
2989 2989 _("can't query remote revision number, branch, or tags"))
2990 2990 if not rev and revs:
2991 2991 rev = revs[0]
2992 2992 if not rev:
2993 2993 rev = "tip"
2994 2994
2995 2995 remoterev = peer.lookup(rev)
2996 2996 hexrev = hexfunc(remoterev)
2997 2997 if default or id:
2998 2998 output = [hexrev]
2999 2999 fm.data(id=hexrev)
3000 3000
3001 3001 def getbms():
3002 3002 bms = []
3003 3003
3004 3004 if 'bookmarks' in peer.listkeys('namespaces'):
3005 3005 hexremoterev = hex(remoterev)
3006 3006 bms = [bm for bm, bmr in peer.listkeys('bookmarks').iteritems()
3007 3007 if bmr == hexremoterev]
3008 3008
3009 3009 return sorted(bms)
3010 3010
3011 3011 bms = getbms()
3012 3012 if bookmarks:
3013 3013 output.extend(bms)
3014 3014 elif default and not ui.quiet:
3015 3015 # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/'
3016 3016 bm = '/'.join(bms)
3017 3017 if bm:
3018 3018 output.append(bm)
3019 3019
3020 3020 fm.data(node=hex(remoterev))
3021 3021 fm.data(bookmarks=fm.formatlist(bms, name='bookmark'))
3022 3022 else:
3023 3023 if rev:
3024 3024 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
3025 3025 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None)
3026 3026
3027 3027 if ctx.rev() is None:
3028 3028 ctx = repo[None]
3029 3029 parents = ctx.parents()
3030 3030 taglist = []
3031 3031 for p in parents:
3032 3032 taglist.extend(p.tags())
3033 3033
3034 3034 dirty = ""
3035 3035 if ctx.dirty(missing=True, merge=False, branch=False):
3036 3036 dirty = '+'
3037 3037 fm.data(dirty=dirty)
3038 3038
3039 3039 hexoutput = [hexfunc(p.node()) for p in parents]
3040 3040 if default or id:
3041 3041 output = ["%s%s" % ('+'.join(hexoutput), dirty)]
3042 3042 fm.data(id="%s%s" % ('+'.join(hexoutput), dirty))
3043 3043
3044 3044 if num:
3045 3045 numoutput = ["%d" % p.rev() for p in parents]
3046 3046 output.append("%s%s" % ('+'.join(numoutput), dirty))
3047 3047
3048 3048 fn = fm.nested('parents', tmpl='{rev}:{node|formatnode}', sep=' ')
3049 3049 for p in parents:
3050 3050 fn.startitem()
3051 3051 fn.data(rev=p.rev())
3052 3052 fn.data(node=p.hex())
3053 3053 fn.context(ctx=p)
3054 3054 fn.end()
3055 3055 else:
3056 3056 hexoutput = hexfunc(ctx.node())
3057 3057 if default or id:
3058 3058 output = [hexoutput]
3059 3059 fm.data(id=hexoutput)
3060 3060
3061 3061 if num:
3062 3062 output.append(pycompat.bytestr(ctx.rev()))
3063 3063 taglist = ctx.tags()
3064 3064
3065 3065 if default and not ui.quiet:
3066 3066 b = ctx.branch()
3067 3067 if b != 'default':
3068 3068 output.append("(%s)" % b)
3069 3069
3070 3070 # multiple tags for a single parent separated by '/'
3071 3071 t = '/'.join(taglist)
3072 3072 if t:
3073 3073 output.append(t)
3074 3074
3075 3075 # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/'
3076 3076 bm = '/'.join(ctx.bookmarks())
3077 3077 if bm:
3078 3078 output.append(bm)
3079 3079 else:
3080 3080 if branch:
3081 3081 output.append(ctx.branch())
3082 3082
3083 3083 if tags:
3084 3084 output.extend(taglist)
3085 3085
3086 3086 if bookmarks:
3087 3087 output.extend(ctx.bookmarks())
3088 3088
3089 3089 fm.data(node=ctx.hex())
3090 3090 fm.data(branch=ctx.branch())
3091 3091 fm.data(tags=fm.formatlist(taglist, name='tag', sep=':'))
3092 3092 fm.data(bookmarks=fm.formatlist(ctx.bookmarks(), name='bookmark'))
3093 3093 fm.context(ctx=ctx)
3094 3094
3095 3095 fm.plain("%s\n" % ' '.join(output))
3096 3096 fm.end()
3097 3097
3098 3098 @command('import|patch',
3099 3099 [('p', 'strip', 1,
3100 3100 _('directory strip option for patch. This has the same '
3101 3101 'meaning as the corresponding patch option'), _('NUM')),
3102 3102 ('b', 'base', '', _('base path (DEPRECATED)'), _('PATH')),
3103 3103 ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
3104 3104 ('f', 'force', None,
3105 3105 _('skip check for outstanding uncommitted changes (DEPRECATED)')),
3106 3106 ('', 'no-commit', None,
3107 3107 _("don't commit, just update the working directory")),
3108 3108 ('', 'bypass', None,
3109 3109 _("apply patch without touching the working directory")),
3110 3110 ('', 'partial', None,
3111 3111 _('commit even if some hunks fail')),
3112 3112 ('', 'exact', None,
3113 3113 _('abort if patch would apply lossily')),
3114 3114 ('', 'prefix', '',
3115 3115 _('apply patch to subdirectory'), _('DIR')),
3116 3116 ('', 'import-branch', None,
3117 3117 _('use any branch information in patch (implied by --exact)'))] +
3118 3118 commitopts + commitopts2 + similarityopts,
3119 3119 _('[OPTION]... PATCH...'))
3120 3120 def import_(ui, repo, patch1=None, *patches, **opts):
3121 3121 """import an ordered set of patches
3122 3122
3123 3123 Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless
3124 3124 --no-commit is specified).
3125 3125
3126 3126 To read a patch from standard input (stdin), use "-" as the patch
3127 3127 name. If a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from
3128 3128 there.
3129 3129
3130 3130 Import first applies changes to the working directory (unless
3131 3131 --bypass is specified), import will abort if there are outstanding
3132 3132 changes.
3133 3133
3134 3134 Use --bypass to apply and commit patches directly to the
3135 3135 repository, without affecting the working directory. Without
3136 3136 --exact, patches will be applied on top of the working directory
3137 3137 parent revision.
3138 3138
3139 3139 You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches
3140 3140 as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type
3141 3141 text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email
3142 3142 message are used as default committer and commit message. All
3143 3143 text/plain body parts before first diff are added to the commit
3144 3144 message.
3145 3145
3146 3146 If the imported patch was generated by :hg:`export`, user and
3147 3147 description from patch override values from message headers and
3148 3148 body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user
3149 3149 override these.
3150 3150
3151 3151 If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to
3152 3152 the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the
3153 3153 resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in
3154 3154 the patch. This will guard against various ways that portable
3155 3155 patch formats and mail systems might fail to transfer Mercurial
3156 3156 data or metadata. See :hg:`bundle` for lossless transmission.
3157 3157
3158 3158 Use --partial to ensure a changeset will be created from the patch
3159 3159 even if some hunks fail to apply. Hunks that fail to apply will be
3160 3160 written to a <target-file>.rej file. Conflicts can then be resolved
3161 3161 by hand before :hg:`commit --amend` is run to update the created
3162 3162 changeset. This flag exists to let people import patches that
3163 3163 partially apply without losing the associated metadata (author,
3164 3164 date, description, ...).
3165 3165
3166 3166 .. note::
3167 3167
3168 3168 When no hunks apply cleanly, :hg:`import --partial` will create
3169 3169 an empty changeset, importing only the patch metadata.
3170 3170
3171 3171 With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and
3172 3172 copies in the patch in the same way as :hg:`addremove`.
3173 3173
3174 3174 It is possible to use external patch programs to perform the patch
3175 3175 by setting the ``ui.patch`` configuration option. For the default
3176 3176 internal tool, the fuzz can also be configured via ``patch.fuzz``.
3177 3177 See :hg:`help config` for more information about configuration
3178 3178 files and how to use these options.
3179 3179
3180 3180 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
3181 3181
3182 3182 .. container:: verbose
3183 3183
3184 3184 Examples:
3185 3185
3186 3186 - import a traditional patch from a website and detect renames::
3187 3187
3188 3188 hg import -s 80 http://example.com/bugfix.patch
3189 3189
3190 3190 - import a changeset from an hgweb server::
3191 3191
3192 3192 hg import https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/rev/5ca8c111e9aa
3193 3193
3194 3194 - import all the patches in an Unix-style mbox::
3195 3195
3196 3196 hg import incoming-patches.mbox
3197 3197
3198 3198 - import patches from stdin::
3199 3199
3200 3200 hg import -
3201 3201
3202 3202 - attempt to exactly restore an exported changeset (not always
3203 3203 possible)::
3204 3204
3205 3205 hg import --exact proposed-fix.patch
3206 3206
3207 3207 - use an external tool to apply a patch which is too fuzzy for
3208 3208 the default internal tool.
3209 3209
3210 3210 hg import --config ui.patch="patch --merge" fuzzy.patch
3211 3211
3212 3212 - change the default fuzzing from 2 to a less strict 7
3213 3213
3214 3214 hg import --config ui.fuzz=7 fuzz.patch
3215 3215
3216 3216 Returns 0 on success, 1 on partial success (see --partial).
3217 3217 """
3218 3218
3219 3219 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3220 3220 if not patch1:
3221 3221 raise error.Abort(_('need at least one patch to import'))
3222 3222
3223 3223 patches = (patch1,) + patches
3224 3224
3225 3225 date = opts.get('date')
3226 3226 if date:
3227 3227 opts['date'] = dateutil.parsedate(date)
3228 3228
3229 3229 exact = opts.get('exact')
3230 3230 update = not opts.get('bypass')
3231 3231 if not update and opts.get('no_commit'):
3232 3232 raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --no-commit with --bypass'))
3233 3233 try:
3234 3234 sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 0)
3235 3235 except ValueError:
3236 3236 raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be a number'))
3237 3237 if sim < 0 or sim > 100:
3238 3238 raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be between 0 and 100'))
3239 3239 if sim and not update:
3240 3240 raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --similarity with --bypass'))
3241 3241 if exact:
3242 3242 if opts.get('edit'):
3243 3243 raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --edit'))
3244 3244 if opts.get('prefix'):
3245 3245 raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --prefix'))
3246 3246
3247 3247 base = opts["base"]
3248 3248 msgs = []
3249 3249 ret = 0
3250 3250
3251 3251 with repo.wlock():
3252 3252 if update:
3253 3253 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
3254 3254 if (exact or not opts.get('force')):
3255 3255 cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
3256 3256
3257 3257 if not opts.get('no_commit'):
3258 3258 lock = repo.lock
3259 3259 tr = lambda: repo.transaction('import')
3260 3260 dsguard = util.nullcontextmanager
3261 3261 else:
3262 3262 lock = util.nullcontextmanager
3263 3263 tr = util.nullcontextmanager
3264 3264 dsguard = lambda: dirstateguard.dirstateguard(repo, 'import')
3265 3265 with lock(), tr(), dsguard():
3266 3266 parents = repo[None].parents()
3267 3267 for patchurl in patches:
3268 3268 if patchurl == '-':
3269 3269 ui.status(_('applying patch from stdin\n'))
3270 3270 patchfile = ui.fin
3271 3271 patchurl = 'stdin' # for error message
3272 3272 else:
3273 3273 patchurl = os.path.join(base, patchurl)
3274 3274 ui.status(_('applying %s\n') % patchurl)
3275 3275 patchfile = hg.openpath(ui, patchurl)
3276 3276
3277 3277 haspatch = False
3278 3278 for hunk in patch.split(patchfile):
3279 3279 with patch.extract(ui, hunk) as patchdata:
3280 3280 msg, node, rej = cmdutil.tryimportone(ui, repo,
3281 3281 patchdata,
3282 3282 parents, opts,
3283 3283 msgs, hg.clean)
3284 3284 if msg:
3285 3285 haspatch = True
3286 3286 ui.note(msg + '\n')
3287 3287 if update or exact:
3288 3288 parents = repo[None].parents()
3289 3289 else:
3290 3290 parents = [repo[node]]
3291 3291 if rej:
3292 3292 ui.write_err(_("patch applied partially\n"))
3293 3293 ui.write_err(_("(fix the .rej files and run "
3294 3294 "`hg commit --amend`)\n"))
3295 3295 ret = 1
3296 3296 break
3297 3297
3298 3298 if not haspatch:
3299 3299 raise error.Abort(_('%s: no diffs found') % patchurl)
3300 3300
3301 3301 if msgs:
3302 3302 repo.savecommitmessage('\n* * *\n'.join(msgs))
3303 3303 return ret
3304 3304
3305 3305 @command('incoming|in',
3306 3306 [('f', 'force', None,
3307 3307 _('run even if remote repository is unrelated')),
3308 3308 ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')),
3309 3309 ('', 'bundle', '',
3310 3310 _('file to store the bundles into'), _('FILE')),
3311 3311 ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')),
3312 3312 ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _("compare bookmarks")),
3313 3313 ('b', 'branch', [],
3314 3314 _('a specific branch you would like to pull'), _('BRANCH')),
3315 3315 ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts,
3316 3316 _('[-p] [-n] [-M] [-f] [-r REV]... [--bundle FILENAME] [SOURCE]'))
3317 3317 def incoming(ui, repo, source="default", **opts):
3318 3318 """show new changesets found in source
3319 3319
3320 3320 Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default
3321 3321 pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled
3322 3322 by :hg:`pull` at the time you issued this command.
3323 3323
3324 3324 See pull for valid source format details.
3325 3325
3326 3326 .. container:: verbose
3327 3327
3328 3328 With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between
3329 3329 local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose,
3330 3330 status is also displayed for each bookmark like below::
3331 3331
3332 3332 BM1 01234567890a added
3333 3333 BM2 1234567890ab advanced
3334 3334 BM3 234567890abc diverged
3335 3335 BM4 34567890abcd changed
3336 3336
3337 3337 The action taken locally when pulling depends on the
3338 3338 status of each bookmark:
3339 3339
3340 3340 :``added``: pull will create it
3341 3341 :``advanced``: pull will update it
3342 3342 :``diverged``: pull will create a divergent bookmark
3343 3343 :``changed``: result depends on remote changesets
3344 3344
3345 3345 From the point of view of pulling behavior, bookmark
3346 3346 existing only in the remote repository are treated as ``added``,
3347 3347 even if it is in fact locally deleted.
3348 3348
3349 3349 .. container:: verbose
3350 3350
3351 3351 For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the
3352 3352 changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull.
3353 3353
3354 3354 Examples:
3355 3355
3356 3356 - show incoming changes with patches and full description::
3357 3357
3358 3358 hg incoming -vp
3359 3359
3360 3360 - show incoming changes excluding merges, store a bundle::
3361 3361
3362 3362 hg in -vpM --bundle incoming.hg
3363 3363 hg pull incoming.hg
3364 3364
3365 3365 - briefly list changes inside a bundle::
3366 3366
3367 3367 hg in changes.hg -T "{desc|firstline}\\n"
3368 3368
3369 3369 Returns 0 if there are incoming changes, 1 otherwise.
3370 3370 """
3371 3371 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3372 3372 if opts.get('graph'):
3373 3373 logcmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts)
3374 3374 def display(other, chlist, displayer):
3375 3375 revdag = logcmdutil.graphrevs(other, chlist, opts)
3376 3376 logcmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer,
3377 3377 graphmod.asciiedges)
3378 3378
3379 3379 hg._incoming(display, lambda: 1, ui, repo, source, opts, buffered=True)
3380 3380 return 0
3381 3381
3382 3382 if opts.get('bundle') and opts.get('subrepos'):
3383 3383 raise error.Abort(_('cannot combine --bundle and --subrepos'))
3384 3384
3385 3385 if opts.get('bookmarks'):
3386 3386 source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source),
3387 3387 opts.get('branch'))
3388 3388 other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source)
3389 3389 if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'):
3390 3390 ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n"))
3391 3391 return 0
3392 3392 ui.pager('incoming')
3393 3393 ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source))
3394 3394 return bookmarks.incoming(ui, repo, other)
3395 3395
3396 3396 repo._subtoppath = ui.expandpath(source)
3397 3397 try:
3398 3398 return hg.incoming(ui, repo, source, opts)
3399 3399 finally:
3400 3400 del repo._subtoppath
3401 3401
3402 3402
3403 3403 @command('^init', remoteopts, _('[-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]'),
3404 3404 norepo=True)
3405 3405 def init(ui, dest=".", **opts):
3406 3406 """create a new repository in the given directory
3407 3407
3408 3408 Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given
3409 3409 directory does not exist, it will be created.
3410 3410
3411 3411 If no directory is given, the current directory is used.
3412 3412
3413 3413 It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination.
3414 3414 See :hg:`help urls` for more information.
3415 3415
3416 3416 Returns 0 on success.
3417 3417 """
3418 3418 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3419 3419 hg.peer(ui, opts, ui.expandpath(dest), create=True)
3420 3420
3421 3421 @command('locate',
3422 3422 [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')),
3423 3423 ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')),
3424 3424 ('f', 'fullpath', None, _('print complete paths from the filesystem root')),
3425 3425 ] + walkopts,
3426 3426 _('[OPTION]... [PATTERN]...'))
3427 3427 def locate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
3428 3428 """locate files matching specific patterns (DEPRECATED)
3429 3429
3430 3430 Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose
3431 3431 names match the given patterns.
3432 3432
3433 3433 By default, this command searches all directories in the working
3434 3434 directory. To search just the current directory and its
3435 3435 subdirectories, use "--include .".
3436 3436
3437 3437 If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names
3438 3438 of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory.
3439 3439
3440 3440 If you want to feed the output of this command into the "xargs"
3441 3441 command, use the -0 option to both this command and "xargs". This
3442 3442 will avoid the problem of "xargs" treating single filenames that
3443 3443 contain whitespace as multiple filenames.
3444 3444
3445 3445 See :hg:`help files` for a more versatile command.
3446 3446
3447 3447 Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise.
3448 3448 """
3449 3449 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3450 3450 if opts.get('print0'):
3451 3451 end = '\0'
3452 3452 else:
3453 3453 end = '\n'
3454 3454 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None)
3455 3455
3456 3456 ret = 1
3457 3457 m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, default='relglob',
3458 3458 badfn=lambda x, y: False)
3459 3459
3460 3460 ui.pager('locate')
3461 3461 if ctx.rev() is None:
3462 3462 # When run on the working copy, "locate" includes removed files, so
3463 3463 # we get the list of files from the dirstate.
3464 3464 filesgen = sorted(repo.dirstate.matches(m))
3465 3465 else:
3466 3466 filesgen = ctx.matches(m)
3467 3467 for abs in filesgen:
3468 3468 if opts.get('fullpath'):
3469 3469 ui.write(repo.wjoin(abs), end)
3470 3470 else:
3471 3471 ui.write(((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs), end)
3472 3472 ret = 0
3473 3473
3474 3474 return ret
3475 3475
3476 3476 @command('^log|history',
3477 3477 [('f', 'follow', None,
3478 3478 _('follow changeset history, or file history across copies and renames')),
3479 3479 ('', 'follow-first', None,
3480 3480 _('only follow the first parent of merge changesets (DEPRECATED)')),
3481 3481 ('d', 'date', '', _('show revisions matching date spec'), _('DATE')),
3482 3482 ('C', 'copies', None, _('show copied files')),
3483 3483 ('k', 'keyword', [],
3484 3484 _('do case-insensitive search for a given text'), _('TEXT')),
3485 3485 ('r', 'rev', [], _('show the specified revision or revset'), _('REV')),
3486 3486 ('L', 'line-range', [],
3487 3487 _('follow line range of specified file (EXPERIMENTAL)'),
3488 3488 _('FILE,RANGE')),
3489 3489 ('', 'removed', None, _('include revisions where files were removed')),
3490 3490 ('m', 'only-merges', None, _('show only merges (DEPRECATED)')),
3491 3491 ('u', 'user', [], _('revisions committed by user'), _('USER')),
3492 3492 ('', 'only-branch', [],
3493 3493 _('show only changesets within the given named branch (DEPRECATED)'),
3494 3494 _('BRANCH')),
3495 3495 ('b', 'branch', [],
3496 3496 _('show changesets within the given named branch'), _('BRANCH')),
3497 3497 ('P', 'prune', [],
3498 3498 _('do not display revision or any of its ancestors'), _('REV')),
3499 3499 ] + logopts + walkopts,
3500 3500 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]'),
3501 3501 inferrepo=True,
3502 3502 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
3503 3503 def log(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
3504 3504 """show revision history of entire repository or files
3505 3505
3506 3506 Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire
3507 3507 project.
3508 3508
3509 3509 If no revision range is specified, the default is ``tip:0`` unless
3510 3510 --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is
3511 3511 used as the starting revision.
3512 3512
3513 3513 File history is shown without following rename or copy history of
3514 3514 files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across
3515 3515 renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show
3516 3516 ancestors of the starting revision.
3517 3517
3518 3518 By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,
3519 3519 tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for
3520 3520 each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of
3521 3521 changed files and full commit message are shown.
3522 3522
3523 3523 With --graph the revisions are shown as an ASCII art DAG with the most
3524 3524 recent changeset at the top.
3525 3525 'o' is a changeset, '@' is a working directory parent, '_' closes a branch,
3526 3526 'x' is obsolete, '*' is unstable, and '+' represents a fork where the
3527 3527 changeset from the lines below is a parent of the 'o' merge on the same
3528 3528 line.
3529 3529 Paths in the DAG are represented with '|', '/' and so forth. ':' in place
3530 3530 of a '|' indicates one or more revisions in a path are omitted.
3531 3531
3532 3532 .. container:: verbose
3533 3533
3534 3534 Use -L/--line-range FILE,M:N options to follow the history of lines
3535 3535 from M to N in FILE. With -p/--patch only diff hunks affecting
3536 3536 specified line range will be shown. This option requires --follow;
3537 3537 it can be specified multiple times. Currently, this option is not
3538 3538 compatible with --graph. This option is experimental.
3539 3539
3540 3540 .. note::
3541 3541
3542 3542 :hg:`log --patch` may generate unexpected diff output for merge
3543 3543 changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against
3544 3544 its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents
3545 3545 will appear in files:.
3546 3546
3547 3547 .. note::
3548 3548
3549 3549 For performance reasons, :hg:`log FILE` may omit duplicate changes
3550 3550 made on branches and will not show removals or mode changes. To
3551 3551 see all such changes, use the --removed switch.
3552 3552
3553 3553 .. container:: verbose
3554 3554
3555 3555 .. note::
3556 3556
3557 3557 The history resulting from -L/--line-range options depends on diff
3558 3558 options; for instance if white-spaces are ignored, respective changes
3559 3559 with only white-spaces in specified line range will not be listed.
3560 3560
3561 3561 .. container:: verbose
3562 3562
3563 3563 Some examples:
3564 3564
3565 3565 - changesets with full descriptions and file lists::
3566 3566
3567 3567 hg log -v
3568 3568
3569 3569 - changesets ancestral to the working directory::
3570 3570
3571 3571 hg log -f
3572 3572
3573 3573 - last 10 commits on the current branch::
3574 3574
3575 3575 hg log -l 10 -b .
3576 3576
3577 3577 - changesets showing all modifications of a file, including removals::
3578 3578
3579 3579 hg log --removed file.c
3580 3580
3581 3581 - all changesets that touch a directory, with diffs, excluding merges::
3582 3582
3583 3583 hg log -Mp lib/
3584 3584
3585 3585 - all revision numbers that match a keyword::
3586 3586
3587 3587 hg log -k bug --template "{rev}\\n"
3588 3588
3589 3589 - the full hash identifier of the working directory parent::
3590 3590
3591 3591 hg log -r . --template "{node}\\n"
3592 3592
3593 3593 - list available log templates::
3594 3594
3595 3595 hg log -T list
3596 3596
3597 3597 - check if a given changeset is included in a tagged release::
3598 3598
3599 3599 hg log -r "a21ccf and ancestor(1.9)"
3600 3600
3601 3601 - find all changesets by some user in a date range::
3602 3602
3603 3603 hg log -k alice -d "may 2008 to jul 2008"
3604 3604
3605 3605 - summary of all changesets after the last tag::
3606 3606
3607 3607 hg log -r "last(tagged())::" --template "{desc|firstline}\\n"
3608 3608
3609 3609 - changesets touching lines 13 to 23 for file.c::
3610 3610
3611 3611 hg log -L file.c,13:23
3612 3612
3613 3613 - changesets touching lines 13 to 23 for file.c and lines 2 to 6 of
3614 3614 main.c with patch::
3615 3615
3616 3616 hg log -L file.c,13:23 -L main.c,2:6 -p
3617 3617
3618 3618 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
3619 3619
3620 3620 See :hg:`help revisions` for more about specifying and ordering
3621 3621 revisions.
3622 3622
3623 3623 See :hg:`help templates` for more about pre-packaged styles and
3624 3624 specifying custom templates. The default template used by the log
3625 3625 command can be customized via the ``ui.logtemplate`` configuration
3626 3626 setting.
3627 3627
3628 3628 Returns 0 on success.
3629 3629
3630 3630 """
3631 3631 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3632 3632 linerange = opts.get('line_range')
3633 3633
3634 3634 if linerange and not opts.get('follow'):
3635 3635 raise error.Abort(_('--line-range requires --follow'))
3636 3636
3637 3637 if linerange and pats:
3638 3638 # TODO: take pats as patterns with no line-range filter
3639 3639 raise error.Abort(
3640 3640 _('FILE arguments are not compatible with --line-range option')
3641 3641 )
3642 3642
3643 3643 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, opts.get('rev'), 'nowarn')
3644 3644 revs, differ = logcmdutil.getrevs(repo, pats, opts)
3645 3645 if linerange:
3646 3646 # TODO: should follow file history from logcmdutil._initialrevs(),
3647 3647 # then filter the result by logcmdutil._makerevset() and --limit
3648 3648 revs, differ = logcmdutil.getlinerangerevs(repo, revs, opts)
3649 3649
3650 3650 getrenamed = None
3651 3651 if opts.get('copies'):
3652 3652 endrev = None
3653 3653 if revs:
3654 3654 endrev = revs.max() + 1
3655 3655 getrenamed = templatekw.getrenamedfn(repo, endrev=endrev)
3656 3656
3657 3657 ui.pager('log')
3658 3658 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts, differ,
3659 3659 buffered=True)
3660 3660 if opts.get('graph'):
3661 3661 displayfn = logcmdutil.displaygraphrevs
3662 3662 else:
3663 3663 displayfn = logcmdutil.displayrevs
3664 3664 displayfn(ui, repo, revs, displayer, getrenamed)
3665 3665
3666 3666 @command('manifest',
3667 3667 [('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to display'), _('REV')),
3668 3668 ('', 'all', False, _("list files from all revisions"))]
3669 3669 + formatteropts,
3670 3670 _('[-r REV]'),
3671 3671 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
3672 3672 def manifest(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts):
3673 3673 """output the current or given revision of the project manifest
3674 3674
3675 3675 Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.
3676 3676 If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory
3677 3677 is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out.
3678 3678
3679 3679 With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.
3680 3680 With --debug, print file revision hashes.
3681 3681
3682 3682 If option --all is specified, the list of all files from all revisions
3683 3683 is printed. This includes deleted and renamed files.
3684 3684
3685 3685 Returns 0 on success.
3686 3686 """
3687 3687 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3688 3688 fm = ui.formatter('manifest', opts)
3689 3689
3690 3690 if opts.get('all'):
3691 3691 if rev or node:
3692 3692 raise error.Abort(_("can't specify a revision with --all"))
3693 3693
3694 3694 res = set()
3695 3695 for rev in repo:
3696 3696 ctx = repo[rev]
3697 3697 res |= set(ctx.files())
3698 3698
3699 3699 ui.pager('manifest')
3700 3700 for f in sorted(res):
3701 3701 fm.startitem()
3702 3702 fm.write("path", '%s\n', f)
3703 3703 fm.end()
3704 3704 return
3705 3705
3706 3706 if rev and node:
3707 3707 raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
3708 3708
3709 3709 if not node:
3710 3710 node = rev
3711 3711
3712 3712 char = {'l': '@', 'x': '*', '': '', 't': 'd'}
3713 3713 mode = {'l': '644', 'x': '755', '': '644', 't': '755'}
3714 3714 if node:
3715 3715 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [node], 'nowarn')
3716 3716 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node)
3717 3717 mf = ctx.manifest()
3718 3718 ui.pager('manifest')
3719 3719 for f in ctx:
3720 3720 fm.startitem()
3721 3721 fm.context(ctx=ctx)
3722 3722 fl = ctx[f].flags()
3723 3723 fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'hash', '%s ', hex(mf[f]))
3724 3724 fm.condwrite(ui.verbose, 'mode type', '%s %1s ', mode[fl], char[fl])
3725 3725 fm.write('path', '%s\n', f)
3726 3726 fm.end()
3727 3727
3728 3728 @command('^merge',
3729 3729 [('f', 'force', None,
3730 3730 _('force a merge including outstanding changes (DEPRECATED)')),
3731 3731 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to merge'), _('REV')),
3732 3732 ('P', 'preview', None,
3733 3733 _('review revisions to merge (no merge is performed)')),
3734 3734 ('', 'abort', None, _('abort the ongoing merge')),
3735 3735 ] + mergetoolopts,
3736 3736 _('[-P] [[-r] REV]'))
3737 3737 def merge(ui, repo, node=None, **opts):
3738 3738 """merge another revision into working directory
3739 3739
3740 3740 The current working directory is updated with all changes made in
3741 3741 the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision.
3742 3742
3743 3743 Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for
3744 3744 the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further
3745 3745 updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have
3746 3746 two parents.
3747 3747
3748 3748 ``--tool`` can be used to specify the merge tool used for file
3749 3749 merges. It overrides the HGMERGE environment variable and your
3750 3750 configuration files. See :hg:`help merge-tools` for options.
3751 3751
3752 3752 If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a
3753 3753 head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other
3754 3754 head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an
3755 3755 explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.
3756 3756
3757 3757 See :hg:`help resolve` for information on handling file conflicts.
3758 3758
3759 3759 To undo an uncommitted merge, use :hg:`merge --abort` which
3760 3760 will check out a clean copy of the original merge parent, losing
3761 3761 all changes.
3762 3762
3763 3763 Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files.
3764 3764 """
3765 3765
3766 3766 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3767 3767 abort = opts.get('abort')
3768 3768 if abort and repo.dirstate.p2() == nullid:
3769 3769 cmdutil.wrongtooltocontinue(repo, _('merge'))
3770 3770 if abort:
3771 3771 if node:
3772 3772 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify a node with --abort"))
3773 3773 if opts.get('rev'):
3774 3774 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify both --rev and --abort"))
3775 3775 if opts.get('preview'):
3776 3776 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify --preview with --abort"))
3777 3777 if opts.get('rev') and node:
3778 3778 raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
3779 3779 if not node:
3780 3780 node = opts.get('rev')
3781 3781
3782 3782 if node:
3783 3783 node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node).node()
3784 3784
3785 3785 if not node and not abort:
3786 3786 node = repo[destutil.destmerge(repo)].node()
3787 3787
3788 3788 if opts.get('preview'):
3789 3789 # find nodes that are ancestors of p2 but not of p1
3790 3790 p1 = repo.lookup('.')
3791 3791 p2 = node
3792 3792 nodes = repo.changelog.findmissing(common=[p1], heads=[p2])
3793 3793
3794 3794 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts)
3795 3795 for node in nodes:
3796 3796 displayer.show(repo[node])
3797 3797 displayer.close()
3798 3798 return 0
3799 3799
3800 3800 # ui.forcemerge is an internal variable, do not document
3801 3801 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
3802 3802 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'merge'):
3803 3803 force = opts.get('force')
3804 3804 labels = ['working copy', 'merge rev']
3805 3805 return hg.merge(repo, node, force=force, mergeforce=force,
3806 3806 labels=labels, abort=abort)
3807 3807
3808 3808 @command('outgoing|out',
3809 3809 [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')),
3810 3810 ('r', 'rev', [],
3811 3811 _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'), _('REV')),
3812 3812 ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')),
3813 3813 ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _('compare bookmarks')),
3814 3814 ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to push'),
3815 3815 _('BRANCH')),
3816 3816 ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts,
3817 3817 _('[-M] [-p] [-n] [-f] [-r REV]... [DEST]'))
3818 3818 def outgoing(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts):
3819 3819 """show changesets not found in the destination
3820 3820
3821 3821 Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository
3822 3822 or the default push location. These are the changesets that would
3823 3823 be pushed if a push was requested.
3824 3824
3825 3825 See pull for details of valid destination formats.
3826 3826
3827 3827 .. container:: verbose
3828 3828
3829 3829 With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between
3830 3830 local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose,
3831 3831 status is also displayed for each bookmark like below::
3832 3832
3833 3833 BM1 01234567890a added
3834 3834 BM2 deleted
3835 3835 BM3 234567890abc advanced
3836 3836 BM4 34567890abcd diverged
3837 3837 BM5 4567890abcde changed
3838 3838
3839 3839 The action taken when pushing depends on the
3840 3840 status of each bookmark:
3841 3841
3842 3842 :``added``: push with ``-B`` will create it
3843 3843 :``deleted``: push with ``-B`` will delete it
3844 3844 :``advanced``: push will update it
3845 3845 :``diverged``: push with ``-B`` will update it
3846 3846 :``changed``: push with ``-B`` will update it
3847 3847
3848 3848 From the point of view of pushing behavior, bookmarks
3849 3849 existing only in the remote repository are treated as
3850 3850 ``deleted``, even if it is in fact added remotely.
3851 3851
3852 3852 Returns 0 if there are outgoing changes, 1 otherwise.
3853 3853 """
3854 3854 # hg._outgoing() needs to re-resolve the path in order to handle #branch
3855 3855 # style URLs, so don't overwrite dest.
3856 3856 path = ui.paths.getpath(dest, default=('default-push', 'default'))
3857 3857 if not path:
3858 3858 raise error.Abort(_('default repository not configured!'),
3859 3859 hint=_("see 'hg help config.paths'"))
3860 3860
3861 3861 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3862 3862 if opts.get('graph'):
3863 3863 logcmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts)
3864 3864 o, other = hg._outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts)
3865 3865 if not o:
3866 3866 cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o)
3867 3867 return
3868 3868
3869 3869 revdag = logcmdutil.graphrevs(repo, o, opts)
3870 3870 ui.pager('outgoing')
3871 3871 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts, buffered=True)
3872 3872 logcmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer,
3873 3873 graphmod.asciiedges)
3874 3874 cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o)
3875 3875 return 0
3876 3876
3877 3877 if opts.get('bookmarks'):
3878 3878 dest = path.pushloc or path.loc
3879 3879 other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest)
3880 3880 if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'):
3881 3881 ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n"))
3882 3882 return 0
3883 3883 ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest))
3884 3884 ui.pager('outgoing')
3885 3885 return bookmarks.outgoing(ui, repo, other)
3886 3886
3887 3887 repo._subtoppath = path.pushloc or path.loc
3888 3888 try:
3889 3889 return hg.outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts)
3890 3890 finally:
3891 3891 del repo._subtoppath
3892 3892
3893 3893 @command('parents',
3894 3894 [('r', 'rev', '', _('show parents of the specified revision'), _('REV')),
3895 3895 ] + templateopts,
3896 3896 _('[-r REV] [FILE]'),
3897 3897 inferrepo=True)
3898 3898 def parents(ui, repo, file_=None, **opts):
3899 3899 """show the parents of the working directory or revision (DEPRECATED)
3900 3900
3901 3901 Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is
3902 3902 given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.
3903 3903 If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was
3904 3904 last changed (before the working directory revision or the
3905 3905 argument to --rev if given) is printed.
3906 3906
3907 3907 This command is equivalent to::
3908 3908
3909 3909 hg log -r "p1()+p2()" or
3910 3910 hg log -r "p1(REV)+p2(REV)" or
3911 3911 hg log -r "max(::p1() and file(FILE))+max(::p2() and file(FILE))" or
3912 3912 hg log -r "max(::p1(REV) and file(FILE))+max(::p2(REV) and file(FILE))"
3913 3913
3914 3914 See :hg:`summary` and :hg:`help revsets` for related information.
3915 3915
3916 3916 Returns 0 on success.
3917 3917 """
3918 3918
3919 3919 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3920 3920 rev = opts.get('rev')
3921 3921 if rev:
3922 3922 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
3923 3923 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None)
3924 3924
3925 3925 if file_:
3926 3926 m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file_,), opts)
3927 3927 if m.anypats() or len(m.files()) != 1:
3928 3928 raise error.Abort(_('can only specify an explicit filename'))
3929 3929 file_ = m.files()[0]
3930 3930 filenodes = []
3931 3931 for cp in ctx.parents():
3932 3932 if not cp:
3933 3933 continue
3934 3934 try:
3935 3935 filenodes.append(cp.filenode(file_))
3936 3936 except error.LookupError:
3937 3937 pass
3938 3938 if not filenodes:
3939 3939 raise error.Abort(_("'%s' not found in manifest!") % file_)
3940 3940 p = []
3941 3941 for fn in filenodes:
3942 3942 fctx = repo.filectx(file_, fileid=fn)
3943 3943 p.append(fctx.node())
3944 3944 else:
3945 3945 p = [cp.node() for cp in ctx.parents()]
3946 3946
3947 3947 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts)
3948 3948 for n in p:
3949 3949 if n != nullid:
3950 3950 displayer.show(repo[n])
3951 3951 displayer.close()
3952 3952
3953 3953 @command('paths', formatteropts, _('[NAME]'), optionalrepo=True,
3954 3954 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
3955 3955 def paths(ui, repo, search=None, **opts):
3956 3956 """show aliases for remote repositories
3957 3957
3958 3958 Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,
3959 3959 show definition of all available names.
3960 3960
3961 3961 Option -q/--quiet suppresses all output when searching for NAME
3962 3962 and shows only the path names when listing all definitions.
3963 3963
3964 3964 Path names are defined in the [paths] section of your
3965 3965 configuration file and in ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. If run inside a
3966 3966 repository, ``.hg/hgrc`` is used, too.
3967 3967
3968 3968 The path names ``default`` and ``default-push`` have a special
3969 3969 meaning. When performing a push or pull operation, they are used
3970 3970 as fallbacks if no location is specified on the command-line.
3971 3971 When ``default-push`` is set, it will be used for push and
3972 3972 ``default`` will be used for pull; otherwise ``default`` is used
3973 3973 as the fallback for both. When cloning a repository, the clone
3974 3974 source is written as ``default`` in ``.hg/hgrc``.
3975 3975
3976 3976 .. note::
3977 3977
3978 3978 ``default`` and ``default-push`` apply to all inbound (e.g.
3979 3979 :hg:`incoming`) and outbound (e.g. :hg:`outgoing`, :hg:`email`
3980 3980 and :hg:`bundle`) operations.
3981 3981
3982 3982 See :hg:`help urls` for more information.
3983 3983
3984 3984 Returns 0 on success.
3985 3985 """
3986 3986
3987 3987 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3988 3988 ui.pager('paths')
3989 3989 if search:
3990 3990 pathitems = [(name, path) for name, path in ui.paths.iteritems()
3991 3991 if name == search]
3992 3992 else:
3993 3993 pathitems = sorted(ui.paths.iteritems())
3994 3994
3995 3995 fm = ui.formatter('paths', opts)
3996 3996 if fm.isplain():
3997 3997 hidepassword = util.hidepassword
3998 3998 else:
3999 3999 hidepassword = bytes
4000 4000 if ui.quiet:
4001 4001 namefmt = '%s\n'
4002 4002 else:
4003 4003 namefmt = '%s = '
4004 4004 showsubopts = not search and not ui.quiet
4005 4005
4006 4006 for name, path in pathitems:
4007 4007 fm.startitem()
4008 4008 fm.condwrite(not search, 'name', namefmt, name)
4009 4009 fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'url', '%s\n', hidepassword(path.rawloc))
4010 4010 for subopt, value in sorted(path.suboptions.items()):
4011 4011 assert subopt not in ('name', 'url')
4012 4012 if showsubopts:
4013 4013 fm.plain('%s:%s = ' % (name, subopt))
4014 4014 fm.condwrite(showsubopts, subopt, '%s\n', value)
4015 4015
4016 4016 fm.end()
4017 4017
4018 4018 if search and not pathitems:
4019 4019 if not ui.quiet:
4020 4020 ui.warn(_("not found!\n"))
4021 4021 return 1
4022 4022 else:
4023 4023 return 0
4024 4024
4025 4025 @command('phase',
4026 4026 [('p', 'public', False, _('set changeset phase to public')),
4027 4027 ('d', 'draft', False, _('set changeset phase to draft')),
4028 4028 ('s', 'secret', False, _('set changeset phase to secret')),
4029 4029 ('f', 'force', False, _('allow to move boundary backward')),
4030 4030 ('r', 'rev', [], _('target revision'), _('REV')),
4031 4031 ],
4032 4032 _('[-p|-d|-s] [-f] [-r] [REV...]'))
4033 4033 def phase(ui, repo, *revs, **opts):
4034 4034 """set or show the current phase name
4035 4035
4036 4036 With no argument, show the phase name of the current revision(s).
4037 4037
4038 4038 With one of -p/--public, -d/--draft or -s/--secret, change the
4039 4039 phase value of the specified revisions.
4040 4040
4041 4041 Unless -f/--force is specified, :hg:`phase` won't move changesets from a
4042 4042 lower phase to a higher phase. Phases are ordered as follows::
4043 4043
4044 4044 public < draft < secret
4045 4045
4046 4046 Returns 0 on success, 1 if some phases could not be changed.
4047 4047
4048 4048 (For more information about the phases concept, see :hg:`help phases`.)
4049 4049 """
4050 4050 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4051 4051 # search for a unique phase argument
4052 4052 targetphase = None
4053 4053 for idx, name in enumerate(phases.phasenames):
4054 4054 if opts.get(name, False):
4055 4055 if targetphase is not None:
4056 4056 raise error.Abort(_('only one phase can be specified'))
4057 4057 targetphase = idx
4058 4058
4059 4059 # look for specified revision
4060 4060 revs = list(revs)
4061 4061 revs.extend(opts['rev'])
4062 4062 if not revs:
4063 4063 # display both parents as the second parent phase can influence
4064 4064 # the phase of a merge commit
4065 4065 revs = [c.rev() for c in repo[None].parents()]
4066 4066
4067 4067 revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)
4068 4068
4069 4069 ret = 0
4070 4070 if targetphase is None:
4071 4071 # display
4072 4072 for r in revs:
4073 4073 ctx = repo[r]
4074 4074 ui.write('%i: %s\n' % (ctx.rev(), ctx.phasestr()))
4075 4075 else:
4076 4076 with repo.lock(), repo.transaction("phase") as tr:
4077 4077 # set phase
4078 4078 if not revs:
4079 4079 raise error.Abort(_('empty revision set'))
4080 4080 nodes = [repo[r].node() for r in revs]
4081 4081 # moving revision from public to draft may hide them
4082 4082 # We have to check result on an unfiltered repository
4083 4083 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
4084 4084 getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase
4085 4085 olddata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi]
4086 4086 phases.advanceboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes)
4087 4087 if opts['force']:
4088 4088 phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes)
4089 4089 getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase
4090 4090 newdata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi]
4091 4091 changes = sum(newdata[r] != olddata[r] for r in unfi)
4092 4092 cl = unfi.changelog
4093 4093 rejected = [n for n in nodes
4094 4094 if newdata[cl.rev(n)] < targetphase]
4095 4095 if rejected:
4096 4096 ui.warn(_('cannot move %i changesets to a higher '
4097 4097 'phase, use --force\n') % len(rejected))
4098 4098 ret = 1
4099 4099 if changes:
4100 4100 msg = _('phase changed for %i changesets\n') % changes
4101 4101 if ret:
4102 4102 ui.status(msg)
4103 4103 else:
4104 4104 ui.note(msg)
4105 4105 else:
4106 4106 ui.warn(_('no phases changed\n'))
4107 4107 return ret
4108 4108
4109 4109 def postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, optupdate, checkout, brev):
4110 4110 """Run after a changegroup has been added via pull/unbundle
4111 4111
4112 4112 This takes arguments below:
4113 4113
4114 4114 :modheads: change of heads by pull/unbundle
4115 4115 :optupdate: updating working directory is needed or not
4116 4116 :checkout: update destination revision (or None to default destination)
4117 4117 :brev: a name, which might be a bookmark to be activated after updating
4118 4118 """
4119 4119 if modheads == 0:
4120 4120 return
4121 4121 if optupdate:
4122 4122 try:
4123 4123 return hg.updatetotally(ui, repo, checkout, brev)
4124 4124 except error.UpdateAbort as inst:
4125 4125 msg = _("not updating: %s") % stringutil.forcebytestr(inst)
4126 4126 hint = inst.hint
4127 4127 raise error.UpdateAbort(msg, hint=hint)
4128 4128 if modheads > 1:
4129 4129 currentbranchheads = len(repo.branchheads())
4130 4130 if currentbranchheads == modheads:
4131 4131 ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads, 'hg merge' to merge)\n"))
4132 4132 elif currentbranchheads > 1:
4133 4133 ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads .' to see heads, 'hg merge' to "
4134 4134 "merge)\n"))
4135 4135 else:
4136 4136 ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads)\n"))
4137 4137 elif not ui.configbool('commands', 'update.requiredest'):
4138 4138 ui.status(_("(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n"))
4139 4139
4140 4140 @command('^pull',
4141 4141 [('u', 'update', None,
4142 4142 _('update to new branch head if new descendants were pulled')),
4143 4143 ('f', 'force', None, _('run even when remote repository is unrelated')),
4144 4144 ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')),
4145 4145 ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to pull"), _('BOOKMARK')),
4146 4146 ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to pull'),
4147 4147 _('BRANCH')),
4148 4148 ] + remoteopts,
4149 4149 _('[-u] [-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [SOURCE]'))
4150 4150 def pull(ui, repo, source="default", **opts):
4151 4151 """pull changes from the specified source
4152 4152
4153 4153 Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.
4154 4154
4155 4155 This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path
4156 4156 or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless
4157 4157 -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the
4158 4158 project in the working directory.
4159 4159
4160 4160 When cloning from servers that support it, Mercurial may fetch
4161 4161 pre-generated data. When this is done, hooks operating on incoming
4162 4162 changesets and changegroups may fire more than once, once for each
4163 4163 pre-generated bundle and as well as for any additional remaining
4164 4164 data. See :hg:`help -e clonebundles` for more.
4165 4165
4166 4166 Use :hg:`incoming` if you want to see what would have been added
4167 4167 by a pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide
4168 4168 to add those changes to the repository, you should use :hg:`pull
4169 4169 -r X` where ``X`` is the last changeset listed by :hg:`incoming`.
4170 4170
4171 4171 If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.
4172 4172 See :hg:`help urls` for more information.
4173 4173
4174 4174 Specifying bookmark as ``.`` is equivalent to specifying the active
4175 4175 bookmark's name.
4176 4176
4177 4177 Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files.
4178 4178 """
4179 4179
4180 4180 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4181 4181 if ui.configbool('commands', 'update.requiredest') and opts.get('update'):
4182 4182 msg = _('update destination required by configuration')
4183 4183 hint = _('use hg pull followed by hg update DEST')
4184 4184 raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
4185 4185
4186 4186 source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source), opts.get('branch'))
4187 4187 ui.status(_('pulling from %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source))
4188 4188 other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source)
4189 4189 try:
4190 4190 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches,
4191 4191 opts.get('rev'))
4192 4192
4193 4193
4194 4194 pullopargs = {}
4195 4195 if opts.get('bookmark'):
4196 4196 if not revs:
4197 4197 revs = []
4198 4198 # The list of bookmark used here is not the one used to actually
4199 4199 # update the bookmark name. This can result in the revision pulled
4200 4200 # not ending up with the name of the bookmark because of a race
4201 4201 # condition on the server. (See issue 4689 for details)
4202 4202 remotebookmarks = other.listkeys('bookmarks')
4203 4203 remotebookmarks = bookmarks.unhexlifybookmarks(remotebookmarks)
4204 4204 pullopargs['remotebookmarks'] = remotebookmarks
4205 4205 for b in opts['bookmark']:
4206 4206 b = repo._bookmarks.expandname(b)
4207 4207 if b not in remotebookmarks:
4208 4208 raise error.Abort(_('remote bookmark %s not found!') % b)
4209 4209 revs.append(hex(remotebookmarks[b]))
4210 4210
4211 4211 if revs:
4212 4212 try:
4213 4213 # When 'rev' is a bookmark name, we cannot guarantee that it
4214 4214 # will be updated with that name because of a race condition
4215 4215 # server side. (See issue 4689 for details)
4216 4216 oldrevs = revs
4217 4217 revs = [] # actually, nodes
4218 4218 for r in oldrevs:
4219 4219 with other.commandexecutor() as e:
4220 4220 node = e.callcommand('lookup', {'key': r}).result()
4221 4221
4222 4222 revs.append(node)
4223 4223 if r == checkout:
4224 4224 checkout = node
4225 4225 except error.CapabilityError:
4226 4226 err = _("other repository doesn't support revision lookup, "
4227 4227 "so a rev cannot be specified.")
4228 4228 raise error.Abort(err)
4229 4229
4230 4230 wlock = util.nullcontextmanager()
4231 4231 if opts.get('update'):
4232 4232 wlock = repo.wlock()
4233 4233 with wlock:
4234 4234 pullopargs.update(opts.get('opargs', {}))
4235 4235 modheads = exchange.pull(repo, other, heads=revs,
4236 4236 force=opts.get('force'),
4237 4237 bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()),
4238 4238 opargs=pullopargs).cgresult
4239 4239
4240 4240 # brev is a name, which might be a bookmark to be activated at
4241 4241 # the end of the update. In other words, it is an explicit
4242 4242 # destination of the update
4243 4243 brev = None
4244 4244
4245 4245 if checkout:
4246 4246 checkout = repo.changelog.rev(checkout)
4247 4247
4248 4248 # order below depends on implementation of
4249 4249 # hg.addbranchrevs(). opts['bookmark'] is ignored,
4250 4250 # because 'checkout' is determined without it.
4251 4251 if opts.get('rev'):
4252 4252 brev = opts['rev'][0]
4253 4253 elif opts.get('branch'):
4254 4254 brev = opts['branch'][0]
4255 4255 else:
4256 4256 brev = branches[0]
4257 4257 repo._subtoppath = source
4258 4258 try:
4259 4259 ret = postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get('update'),
4260 4260 checkout, brev)
4261 4261
4262 4262 finally:
4263 4263 del repo._subtoppath
4264 4264
4265 4265 finally:
4266 4266 other.close()
4267 4267 return ret
4268 4268
4269 4269 @command('^push',
4270 4270 [('f', 'force', None, _('force push')),
4271 4271 ('r', 'rev', [],
4272 4272 _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'),
4273 4273 _('REV')),
4274 4274 ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to push"), _('BOOKMARK')),
4275 4275 ('b', 'branch', [],
4276 4276 _('a specific branch you would like to push'), _('BRANCH')),
4277 4277 ('', 'new-branch', False, _('allow pushing a new branch')),
4278 4278 ('', 'pushvars', [], _('variables that can be sent to server (ADVANCED)')),
4279 4279 ] + remoteopts,
4280 4280 _('[-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]'))
4281 4281 def push(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts):
4282 4282 """push changes to the specified destination
4283 4283
4284 4284 Push changesets from the local repository to the specified
4285 4285 destination.
4286 4286
4287 4287 This operation is symmetrical to pull: it is identical to a pull
4288 4288 in the destination repository from the current one.
4289 4289
4290 4290 By default, push will not allow creation of new heads at the
4291 4291 destination, since multiple heads would make it unclear which head
4292 4292 to use. In this situation, it is recommended to pull and merge
4293 4293 before pushing.
4294 4294
4295 4295 Use --new-branch if you want to allow push to create a new named
4296 4296 branch that is not present at the destination. This allows you to
4297 4297 only create a new branch without forcing other changes.
4298 4298
4299 4299 .. note::
4300 4300
4301 4301 Extra care should be taken with the -f/--force option,
4302 4302 which will push all new heads on all branches, an action which will
4303 4303 almost always cause confusion for collaborators.
4304 4304
4305 4305 If -r/--rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors
4306 4306 will be pushed to the remote repository.
4307 4307
4308 4308 If -B/--bookmark is used, the specified bookmarked revision, its
4309 4309 ancestors, and the bookmark will be pushed to the remote
4310 4310 repository. Specifying ``.`` is equivalent to specifying the active
4311 4311 bookmark's name.
4312 4312
4313 4313 Please see :hg:`help urls` for important details about ``ssh://``
4314 4314 URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.
4315 4315
4316 4316 .. container:: verbose
4317 4317
4318 4318 The --pushvars option sends strings to the server that become
4319 4319 environment variables prepended with ``HG_USERVAR_``. For example,
4320 4320 ``--pushvars ENABLE_FEATURE=true``, provides the server side hooks with
4321 4321 ``HG_USERVAR_ENABLE_FEATURE=true`` as part of their environment.
4322 4322
4323 4323 pushvars can provide for user-overridable hooks as well as set debug
4324 4324 levels. One example is having a hook that blocks commits containing
4325 4325 conflict markers, but enables the user to override the hook if the file
4326 4326 is using conflict markers for testing purposes or the file format has
4327 4327 strings that look like conflict markers.
4328 4328
4329 4329 By default, servers will ignore `--pushvars`. To enable it add the
4330 4330 following to your configuration file::
4331 4331
4332 4332 [push]
4333 4333 pushvars.server = true
4334 4334
4335 4335 Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push.
4336 4336 """
4337 4337
4338 4338 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4339 4339 if opts.get('bookmark'):
4340 4340 ui.setconfig('bookmarks', 'pushing', opts['bookmark'], 'push')
4341 4341 for b in opts['bookmark']:
4342 4342 # translate -B options to -r so changesets get pushed
4343 4343 b = repo._bookmarks.expandname(b)
4344 4344 if b in repo._bookmarks:
4345 4345 opts.setdefault('rev', []).append(b)
4346 4346 else:
4347 4347 # if we try to push a deleted bookmark, translate it to null
4348 4348 # this lets simultaneous -r, -b options continue working
4349 4349 opts.setdefault('rev', []).append("null")
4350 4350
4351 4351 path = ui.paths.getpath(dest, default=('default-push', 'default'))
4352 4352 if not path:
4353 4353 raise error.Abort(_('default repository not configured!'),
4354 4354 hint=_("see 'hg help config.paths'"))
4355 4355 dest = path.pushloc or path.loc
4356 4356 branches = (path.branch, opts.get('branch') or [])
4357 4357 ui.status(_('pushing to %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest))
4358 4358 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, opts.get('rev'))
4359 4359 other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest)
4360 4360
4361 4361 if revs:
4362 4362 revs = [repo[r].node() for r in scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)]
4363 4363 if not revs:
4364 4364 raise error.Abort(_("specified revisions evaluate to an empty set"),
4365 4365 hint=_("use different revision arguments"))
4366 4366 elif path.pushrev:
4367 4367 # It doesn't make any sense to specify ancestor revisions. So limit
4368 4368 # to DAG heads to make discovery simpler.
4369 4369 expr = revsetlang.formatspec('heads(%r)', path.pushrev)
4370 4370 revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, [expr])
4371 4371 revs = [repo[rev].node() for rev in revs]
4372 4372 if not revs:
4373 4373 raise error.Abort(_('default push revset for path evaluates to an '
4374 4374 'empty set'))
4375 4375
4376 4376 repo._subtoppath = dest
4377 4377 try:
4378 4378 # push subrepos depth-first for coherent ordering
4379 4379 c = repo['.']
4380 4380 subs = c.substate # only repos that are committed
4381 4381 for s in sorted(subs):
4382 4382 result = c.sub(s).push(opts)
4383 4383 if result == 0:
4384 4384 return not result
4385 4385 finally:
4386 4386 del repo._subtoppath
4387 4387
4388 4388 opargs = dict(opts.get('opargs', {})) # copy opargs since we may mutate it
4389 4389 opargs.setdefault('pushvars', []).extend(opts.get('pushvars', []))
4390 4390
4391 4391 pushop = exchange.push(repo, other, opts.get('force'), revs=revs,
4392 4392 newbranch=opts.get('new_branch'),
4393 4393 bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()),
4394 4394 opargs=opargs)
4395 4395
4396 4396 result = not pushop.cgresult
4397 4397
4398 4398 if pushop.bkresult is not None:
4399 4399 if pushop.bkresult == 2:
4400 4400 result = 2
4401 4401 elif not result and pushop.bkresult:
4402 4402 result = 2
4403 4403
4404 4404 return result
4405 4405
4406 4406 @command('recover', [])
4407 4407 def recover(ui, repo):
4408 4408 """roll back an interrupted transaction
4409 4409
4410 4410 Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.
4411 4411
4412 4412 This command tries to fix the repository status after an
4413 4413 interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial
4414 4414 suggests it.
4415 4415
4416 4416 Returns 0 if successful, 1 if nothing to recover or verify fails.
4417 4417 """
4418 4418 if repo.recover():
4419 4419 return hg.verify(repo)
4420 4420 return 1
4421 4421
4422 4422 @command('^remove|rm',
4423 4423 [('A', 'after', None, _('record delete for missing files')),
4424 4424 ('f', 'force', None,
4425 4425 _('forget added files, delete modified files')),
4426 4426 ] + subrepoopts + walkopts + dryrunopts,
4427 4427 _('[OPTION]... FILE...'),
4428 4428 inferrepo=True)
4429 4429 def remove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
4430 4430 """remove the specified files on the next commit
4431 4431
4432 4432 Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch.
4433 4433
4434 4434 This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.
4435 4435 To undo a remove before that, see :hg:`revert`. To undo added
4436 4436 files, see :hg:`forget`.
4437 4437
4438 4438 .. container:: verbose
4439 4439
4440 4440 -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already
4441 4441 been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af
4442 4442 can be used to remove files from the next revision without
4443 4443 deleting them from the working directory.
4444 4444
4445 4445 The following table details the behavior of remove for different
4446 4446 file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file
4447 4447 states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]
4448 4448 (as reported by :hg:`status`). The actions are Warn, Remove
4449 4449 (from branch) and Delete (from disk):
4450 4450
4451 4451 ========= == == == ==
4452 4452 opt/state A C M !
4453 4453 ========= == == == ==
4454 4454 none W RD W R
4455 4455 -f R RD RD R
4456 4456 -A W W W R
4457 4457 -Af R R R R
4458 4458 ========= == == == ==
4459 4459
4460 4460 .. note::
4461 4461
4462 4462 :hg:`remove` never deletes files in Added [A] state from the
4463 4463 working directory, not even if ``--force`` is specified.
4464 4464
4465 4465 Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered.
4466 4466 """
4467 4467
4468 4468 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4469 4469 after, force = opts.get('after'), opts.get('force')
4470 4470 dryrun = opts.get('dry_run')
4471 4471 if not pats and not after:
4472 4472 raise error.Abort(_('no files specified'))
4473 4473
4474 4474 m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
4475 4475 subrepos = opts.get('subrepos')
4476 4476 return cmdutil.remove(ui, repo, m, "", after, force, subrepos,
4477 4477 dryrun=dryrun)
4478 4478
4479 4479 @command('rename|move|mv',
4480 4480 [('A', 'after', None, _('record a rename that has already occurred')),
4481 4481 ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')),
4482 4482 ] + walkopts + dryrunopts,
4483 4483 _('[OPTION]... SOURCE... DEST'))
4484 4484 def rename(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
4485 4485 """rename files; equivalent of copy + remove
4486 4486
4487 4487 Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest
4488 4488 is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a
4489 4489 file, there can only be one source.
4490 4490
4491 4491 By default, this command copies the contents of files as they
4492 4492 exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the
4493 4493 operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.
4494 4494
4495 4495 This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename
4496 4496 before that, see :hg:`revert`.
4497 4497
4498 4498 Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
4499 4499 """
4500 4500 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4501 4501 with repo.wlock(False):
4502 4502 return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts, rename=True)
4503 4503
4504 4504 @command('resolve',
4505 4505 [('a', 'all', None, _('select all unresolved files')),
4506 4506 ('l', 'list', None, _('list state of files needing merge')),
4507 4507 ('m', 'mark', None, _('mark files as resolved')),
4508 4508 ('u', 'unmark', None, _('mark files as unresolved')),
4509 4509 ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix')),
4510 4510 ('', 're-merge', None, _('re-merge files'))]
4511 4511 + mergetoolopts + walkopts + formatteropts,
4512 4512 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
4513 4513 inferrepo=True)
4514 4514 def resolve(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
4515 4515 """redo merges or set/view the merge status of files
4516 4516
4517 4517 Merges with unresolved conflicts are often the result of
4518 4518 non-interactive merging using the ``internal:merge`` configuration
4519 4519 setting, or a command-line merge tool like ``diff3``. The resolve
4520 4520 command is used to manage the files involved in a merge, after
4521 4521 :hg:`merge` has been run, and before :hg:`commit` is run (i.e. the
4522 4522 working directory must have two parents). See :hg:`help
4523 4523 merge-tools` for information on configuring merge tools.
4524 4524
4525 4525 The resolve command can be used in the following ways:
4526 4526
4527 4527 - :hg:`resolve [--re-merge] [--tool TOOL] FILE...`: attempt to re-merge
4528 4528 the specified files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re-merging
4529 4529 is not performed for files already marked as resolved. Use ``--all/-a``
4530 4530 to select all unresolved files. ``--tool`` can be used to specify
4531 4531 the merge tool used for the given files. It overrides the HGMERGE
4532 4532 environment variable and your configuration files. Previous file
4533 4533 contents are saved with a ``.orig`` suffix.
4534 4534
4535 4535 - :hg:`resolve -m [FILE]`: mark a file as having been resolved
4536 4536 (e.g. after having manually fixed-up the files). The default is
4537 4537 to mark all unresolved files.
4538 4538
4539 4539 - :hg:`resolve -u [FILE]...`: mark a file as unresolved. The
4540 4540 default is to mark all resolved files.
4541 4541
4542 4542 - :hg:`resolve -l`: list files which had or still have conflicts.
4543 4543 In the printed list, ``U`` = unresolved and ``R`` = resolved.
4544 4544 You can use ``set:unresolved()`` or ``set:resolved()`` to filter
4545 4545 the list. See :hg:`help filesets` for details.
4546 4546
4547 4547 .. note::
4548 4548
4549 4549 Mercurial will not let you commit files with unresolved merge
4550 4550 conflicts. You must use :hg:`resolve -m ...` before you can
4551 4551 commit after a conflicting merge.
4552 4552
4553 4553 Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt.
4554 4554 """
4555 4555
4556 4556 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4557 4557 confirm = ui.configbool('commands', 'resolve.confirm')
4558 4558 flaglist = 'all mark unmark list no_status re_merge'.split()
4559 4559 all, mark, unmark, show, nostatus, remerge = \
4560 4560 [opts.get(o) for o in flaglist]
4561 4561
4562 if len(list(filter(None, [show, mark, unmark, remerge]))) > 1:
4563 raise error.Abort(_("too many options specified"))
4562 actioncount = len(list(filter(None, [show, mark, unmark, remerge])))
4563 if actioncount > 1:
4564 raise error.Abort(_("too many actions specified"))
4565 elif (actioncount == 0
4566 and ui.config('commands', 'resolve.explicit-re-merge')):
4567 hint = _('use --mark, --unmark, --list or --re-merge')
4568 raise error.Abort(_('no action specified'), hint=hint)
4564 4569 if pats and all:
4565 4570 raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --all and patterns"))
4566 4571 if not (all or pats or show or mark or unmark):
4567 4572 raise error.Abort(_('no files or directories specified'),
4568 4573 hint=('use --all to re-merge all unresolved files'))
4569 4574
4570 4575 if confirm:
4571 4576 if all:
4572 4577 if ui.promptchoice(_(b're-merge all unresolved files (yn)?'
4573 4578 b'$$ &Yes $$ &No')):
4574 4579 raise error.Abort(_('user quit'))
4575 4580 if mark and not pats:
4576 4581 if ui.promptchoice(_(b'mark all unresolved files as resolved (yn)?'
4577 4582 b'$$ &Yes $$ &No')):
4578 4583 raise error.Abort(_('user quit'))
4579 4584 if unmark and not pats:
4580 4585 if ui.promptchoice(_(b'mark all resolved files as unresolved (yn)?'
4581 4586 b'$$ &Yes $$ &No')):
4582 4587 raise error.Abort(_('user quit'))
4583 4588
4584 4589 if show:
4585 4590 ui.pager('resolve')
4586 4591 fm = ui.formatter('resolve', opts)
4587 4592 ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo)
4588 4593 wctx = repo[None]
4589 4594 m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts)
4590 4595
4591 4596 # Labels and keys based on merge state. Unresolved path conflicts show
4592 4597 # as 'P'. Resolved path conflicts show as 'R', the same as normal
4593 4598 # resolved conflicts.
4594 4599 mergestateinfo = {
4595 4600 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED: ('resolve.unresolved', 'U'),
4596 4601 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED: ('resolve.resolved', 'R'),
4597 4602 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED_PATH: ('resolve.unresolved', 'P'),
4598 4603 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED_PATH: ('resolve.resolved', 'R'),
4599 4604 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_DRIVER_RESOLVED: ('resolve.driverresolved',
4600 4605 'D'),
4601 4606 }
4602 4607
4603 4608 for f in ms:
4604 4609 if not m(f):
4605 4610 continue
4606 4611
4607 4612 label, key = mergestateinfo[ms[f]]
4608 4613 fm.startitem()
4609 4614 fm.context(ctx=wctx)
4610 4615 fm.condwrite(not nostatus, 'status', '%s ', key, label=label)
4611 4616 fm.write('path', '%s\n', f, label=label)
4612 4617 fm.end()
4613 4618 return 0
4614 4619
4615 4620 with repo.wlock():
4616 4621 ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo)
4617 4622
4618 4623 if not (ms.active() or repo.dirstate.p2() != nullid):
4619 4624 raise error.Abort(
4620 4625 _('resolve command not applicable when not merging'))
4621 4626
4622 4627 wctx = repo[None]
4623 4628
4624 4629 if (ms.mergedriver
4625 4630 and ms.mdstate() == mergemod.MERGE_DRIVER_STATE_UNMARKED):
4626 4631 proceed = mergemod.driverpreprocess(repo, ms, wctx)
4627 4632 ms.commit()
4628 4633 # allow mark and unmark to go through
4629 4634 if not mark and not unmark and not proceed:
4630 4635 return 1
4631 4636
4632 4637 m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts)
4633 4638 ret = 0
4634 4639 didwork = False
4635 4640 runconclude = False
4636 4641
4637 4642 tocomplete = []
4638 4643 hasconflictmarkers = []
4639 4644 if mark:
4640 4645 markcheck = ui.config('commands', 'resolve.mark-check')
4641 4646 if markcheck not in ['warn', 'abort']:
4642 4647 # Treat all invalid / unrecognized values as 'none'.
4643 4648 markcheck = False
4644 4649 for f in ms:
4645 4650 if not m(f):
4646 4651 continue
4647 4652
4648 4653 didwork = True
4649 4654
4650 4655 # don't let driver-resolved files be marked, and run the conclude
4651 4656 # step if asked to resolve
4652 4657 if ms[f] == mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_DRIVER_RESOLVED:
4653 4658 exact = m.exact(f)
4654 4659 if mark:
4655 4660 if exact:
4656 4661 ui.warn(_('not marking %s as it is driver-resolved\n')
4657 4662 % f)
4658 4663 elif unmark:
4659 4664 if exact:
4660 4665 ui.warn(_('not unmarking %s as it is driver-resolved\n')
4661 4666 % f)
4662 4667 else:
4663 4668 runconclude = True
4664 4669 continue
4665 4670
4666 4671 # path conflicts must be resolved manually
4667 4672 if ms[f] in (mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED_PATH,
4668 4673 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED_PATH):
4669 4674 if mark:
4670 4675 ms.mark(f, mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED_PATH)
4671 4676 elif unmark:
4672 4677 ms.mark(f, mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED_PATH)
4673 4678 elif ms[f] == mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED_PATH:
4674 4679 ui.warn(_('%s: path conflict must be resolved manually\n')
4675 4680 % f)
4676 4681 continue
4677 4682
4678 4683 if mark:
4679 4684 if markcheck:
4680 4685 with repo.wvfs(f) as fobj:
4681 4686 fdata = fobj.read()
4682 4687 if filemerge.hasconflictmarkers(fdata) and \
4683 4688 ms[f] != mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED:
4684 4689 hasconflictmarkers.append(f)
4685 4690 ms.mark(f, mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED)
4686 4691 elif unmark:
4687 4692 ms.mark(f, mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED)
4688 4693 else:
4689 4694 # backup pre-resolve (merge uses .orig for its own purposes)
4690 4695 a = repo.wjoin(f)
4691 4696 try:
4692 4697 util.copyfile(a, a + ".resolve")
4693 4698 except (IOError, OSError) as inst:
4694 4699 if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT:
4695 4700 raise
4696 4701
4697 4702 try:
4698 4703 # preresolve file
4699 4704 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
4700 4705 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'resolve'):
4701 4706 complete, r = ms.preresolve(f, wctx)
4702 4707 if not complete:
4703 4708 tocomplete.append(f)
4704 4709 elif r:
4705 4710 ret = 1
4706 4711 finally:
4707 4712 ms.commit()
4708 4713
4709 4714 # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file, but only
4710 4715 # for merges that are complete
4711 4716 if complete:
4712 4717 try:
4713 4718 util.rename(a + ".resolve",
4714 4719 scmutil.origpath(ui, repo, a))
4715 4720 except OSError as inst:
4716 4721 if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT:
4717 4722 raise
4718 4723
4719 4724 if hasconflictmarkers:
4720 4725 ui.warn(_('warning: the following files still have conflict '
4721 4726 'markers:\n ') + '\n '.join(hasconflictmarkers) + '\n')
4722 4727 if markcheck == 'abort' and not all:
4723 4728 raise error.Abort(_('conflict markers detected'),
4724 4729 hint=_('use --all to mark anyway'))
4725 4730
4726 4731 for f in tocomplete:
4727 4732 try:
4728 4733 # resolve file
4729 4734 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
4730 4735 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'resolve'):
4731 4736 r = ms.resolve(f, wctx)
4732 4737 if r:
4733 4738 ret = 1
4734 4739 finally:
4735 4740 ms.commit()
4736 4741
4737 4742 # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file
4738 4743 a = repo.wjoin(f)
4739 4744 try:
4740 4745 util.rename(a + ".resolve", scmutil.origpath(ui, repo, a))
4741 4746 except OSError as inst:
4742 4747 if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT:
4743 4748 raise
4744 4749
4745 4750 ms.commit()
4746 4751 ms.recordactions()
4747 4752
4748 4753 if not didwork and pats:
4749 4754 hint = None
4750 4755 if not any([p for p in pats if p.find(':') >= 0]):
4751 4756 pats = ['path:%s' % p for p in pats]
4752 4757 m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts)
4753 4758 for f in ms:
4754 4759 if not m(f):
4755 4760 continue
4756 4761 def flag(o):
4757 4762 if o == 're_merge':
4758 4763 return '--re-merge '
4759 4764 return '-%s ' % o[0:1]
4760 4765 flags = ''.join([flag(o) for o in flaglist if opts.get(o)])
4761 4766 hint = _("(try: hg resolve %s%s)\n") % (
4762 4767 flags,
4763 4768 ' '.join(pats))
4764 4769 break
4765 4770 ui.warn(_("arguments do not match paths that need resolving\n"))
4766 4771 if hint:
4767 4772 ui.warn(hint)
4768 4773 elif ms.mergedriver and ms.mdstate() != 's':
4769 4774 # run conclude step when either a driver-resolved file is requested
4770 4775 # or there are no driver-resolved files
4771 4776 # we can't use 'ret' to determine whether any files are unresolved
4772 4777 # because we might not have tried to resolve some
4773 4778 if ((runconclude or not list(ms.driverresolved()))
4774 4779 and not list(ms.unresolved())):
4775 4780 proceed = mergemod.driverconclude(repo, ms, wctx)
4776 4781 ms.commit()
4777 4782 if not proceed:
4778 4783 return 1
4779 4784
4780 4785 # Nudge users into finishing an unfinished operation
4781 4786 unresolvedf = list(ms.unresolved())
4782 4787 driverresolvedf = list(ms.driverresolved())
4783 4788 if not unresolvedf and not driverresolvedf:
4784 4789 ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files)\n'))
4785 4790 cmdutil.checkafterresolved(repo)
4786 4791 elif not unresolvedf:
4787 4792 ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files -- '
4788 4793 'run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)\n'))
4789 4794
4790 4795 return ret
4791 4796
4792 4797 @command('revert',
4793 4798 [('a', 'all', None, _('revert all changes when no arguments given')),
4794 4799 ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')),
4795 4800 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revert to the specified revision'), _('REV')),
4796 4801 ('C', 'no-backup', None, _('do not save backup copies of files')),
4797 4802 ('i', 'interactive', None, _('interactively select the changes')),
4798 4803 ] + walkopts + dryrunopts,
4799 4804 _('[OPTION]... [-r REV] [NAME]...'))
4800 4805 def revert(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
4801 4806 """restore files to their checkout state
4802 4807
4803 4808 .. note::
4804 4809
4805 4810 To check out earlier revisions, you should use :hg:`update REV`.
4806 4811 To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes),
4807 4812 use :hg:`merge --abort`.
4808 4813
4809 4814 With no revision specified, revert the specified files or directories
4810 4815 to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.
4811 4816 This restores the contents of files to an unmodified
4812 4817 state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the
4813 4818 working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify a
4814 4819 revision.
4815 4820
4816 4821 Using the -r/--rev or -d/--date options, revert the given files or
4817 4822 directories to their states as of a specific revision. Because
4818 4823 revert does not change the working directory parents, this will
4819 4824 cause these files to appear modified. This can be helpful to "back
4820 4825 out" some or all of an earlier change. See :hg:`backout` for a
4821 4826 related method.
4822 4827
4823 4828 Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.
4824 4829 To disable these backups, use --no-backup. It is possible to store
4825 4830 the backup files in a custom directory relative to the root of the
4826 4831 repository by setting the ``ui.origbackuppath`` configuration
4827 4832 option.
4828 4833
4829 4834 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
4830 4835
4831 4836 See :hg:`help backout` for a way to reverse the effect of an
4832 4837 earlier changeset.
4833 4838
4834 4839 Returns 0 on success.
4835 4840 """
4836 4841
4837 4842 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4838 4843 if opts.get("date"):
4839 4844 if opts.get("rev"):
4840 4845 raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date"))
4841 4846 opts["rev"] = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, opts["date"])
4842 4847
4843 4848 parent, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
4844 4849 if not opts.get('rev') and p2 != nullid:
4845 4850 # revert after merge is a trap for new users (issue2915)
4846 4851 raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge with no revision specified'),
4847 4852 hint=_("use 'hg update' or see 'hg help revert'"))
4848 4853
4849 4854 rev = opts.get('rev')
4850 4855 if rev:
4851 4856 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
4852 4857 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev)
4853 4858
4854 4859 if (not (pats or opts.get('include') or opts.get('exclude') or
4855 4860 opts.get('all') or opts.get('interactive'))):
4856 4861 msg = _("no files or directories specified")
4857 4862 if p2 != nullid:
4858 4863 hint = _("uncommitted merge, use --all to discard all changes,"
4859 4864 " or 'hg update -C .' to abort the merge")
4860 4865 raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
4861 4866 dirty = any(repo.status())
4862 4867 node = ctx.node()
4863 4868 if node != parent:
4864 4869 if dirty:
4865 4870 hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all"
4866 4871 " changes, or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev()
4867 4872 else:
4868 4873 hint = _("use --all to revert all files,"
4869 4874 " or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev()
4870 4875 elif dirty:
4871 4876 hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all changes")
4872 4877 else:
4873 4878 hint = _("use --all to revert all files")
4874 4879 raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
4875 4880
4876 4881 return cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, ctx, (parent, p2), *pats,
4877 4882 **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
4878 4883
4879 4884 @command('rollback', dryrunopts +
4880 4885 [('f', 'force', False, _('ignore safety measures'))])
4881 4886 def rollback(ui, repo, **opts):
4882 4887 """roll back the last transaction (DANGEROUS) (DEPRECATED)
4883 4888
4884 4889 Please use :hg:`commit --amend` instead of rollback to correct
4885 4890 mistakes in the last commit.
4886 4891
4887 4892 This command should be used with care. There is only one level of
4888 4893 rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also
4889 4894 restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing
4890 4895 any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter
4891 4896 the working directory.
4892 4897
4893 4898 Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands
4894 4899 that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a
4895 4900 repository.
4896 4901
4897 4902 .. container:: verbose
4898 4903
4899 4904 For example, the following commands are transactional, and their
4900 4905 effects can be rolled back:
4901 4906
4902 4907 - commit
4903 4908 - import
4904 4909 - pull
4905 4910 - push (with this repository as the destination)
4906 4911 - unbundle
4907 4912
4908 4913 To avoid permanent data loss, rollback will refuse to rollback a
4909 4914 commit transaction if it isn't checked out. Use --force to
4910 4915 override this protection.
4911 4916
4912 4917 The rollback command can be entirely disabled by setting the
4913 4918 ``ui.rollback`` configuration setting to false. If you're here
4914 4919 because you want to use rollback and it's disabled, you can
4915 4920 re-enable the command by setting ``ui.rollback`` to true.
4916 4921
4917 4922 This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once
4918 4923 changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction
4919 4924 back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled
4920 4925 the changes). Furthermore, a race is possible with readers of the
4921 4926 repository; for example an in-progress pull from the repository
4922 4927 may fail if a rollback is performed.
4923 4928
4924 4929 Returns 0 on success, 1 if no rollback data is available.
4925 4930 """
4926 4931 if not ui.configbool('ui', 'rollback'):
4927 4932 raise error.Abort(_('rollback is disabled because it is unsafe'),
4928 4933 hint=('see `hg help -v rollback` for information'))
4929 4934 return repo.rollback(dryrun=opts.get(r'dry_run'),
4930 4935 force=opts.get(r'force'))
4931 4936
4932 4937 @command('root', [], intents={INTENT_READONLY})
4933 4938 def root(ui, repo):
4934 4939 """print the root (top) of the current working directory
4935 4940
4936 4941 Print the root directory of the current repository.
4937 4942
4938 4943 Returns 0 on success.
4939 4944 """
4940 4945 ui.write(repo.root + "\n")
4941 4946
4942 4947 @command('^serve',
4943 4948 [('A', 'accesslog', '', _('name of access log file to write to'),
4944 4949 _('FILE')),
4945 4950 ('d', 'daemon', None, _('run server in background')),
4946 4951 ('', 'daemon-postexec', [], _('used internally by daemon mode')),
4947 4952 ('E', 'errorlog', '', _('name of error log file to write to'), _('FILE')),
4948 4953 # use string type, then we can check if something was passed
4949 4954 ('p', 'port', '', _('port to listen on (default: 8000)'), _('PORT')),
4950 4955 ('a', 'address', '', _('address to listen on (default: all interfaces)'),
4951 4956 _('ADDR')),
4952 4957 ('', 'prefix', '', _('prefix path to serve from (default: server root)'),
4953 4958 _('PREFIX')),
4954 4959 ('n', 'name', '',
4955 4960 _('name to show in web pages (default: working directory)'), _('NAME')),
4956 4961 ('', 'web-conf', '',
4957 4962 _("name of the hgweb config file (see 'hg help hgweb')"), _('FILE')),
4958 4963 ('', 'webdir-conf', '', _('name of the hgweb config file (DEPRECATED)'),
4959 4964 _('FILE')),
4960 4965 ('', 'pid-file', '', _('name of file to write process ID to'), _('FILE')),
4961 4966 ('', 'stdio', None, _('for remote clients (ADVANCED)')),
4962 4967 ('', 'cmdserver', '', _('for remote clients (ADVANCED)'), _('MODE')),
4963 4968 ('t', 'templates', '', _('web templates to use'), _('TEMPLATE')),
4964 4969 ('', 'style', '', _('template style to use'), _('STYLE')),
4965 4970 ('6', 'ipv6', None, _('use IPv6 in addition to IPv4')),
4966 4971 ('', 'certificate', '', _('SSL certificate file'), _('FILE')),
4967 4972 ('', 'print-url', None, _('start and print only the URL'))]
4968 4973 + subrepoopts,
4969 4974 _('[OPTION]...'),
4970 4975 optionalrepo=True)
4971 4976 def serve(ui, repo, **opts):
4972 4977 """start stand-alone webserver
4973 4978
4974 4979 Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server. You can use
4975 4980 this for ad-hoc sharing and browsing of repositories. It is
4976 4981 recommended to use a real web server to serve a repository for
4977 4982 longer periods of time.
4978 4983
4979 4984 Please note that the server does not implement access control.
4980 4985 This means that, by default, anybody can read from the server and
4981 4986 nobody can write to it by default. Set the ``web.allow-push``
4982 4987 option to ``*`` to allow everybody to push to the server. You
4983 4988 should use a real web server if you need to authenticate users.
4984 4989
4985 4990 By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to
4986 4991 stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to
4987 4992 files.
4988 4993
4989 4994 To have the server choose a free port number to listen on, specify
4990 4995 a port number of 0; in this case, the server will print the port
4991 4996 number it uses.
4992 4997
4993 4998 Returns 0 on success.
4994 4999 """
4995 5000
4996 5001 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4997 5002 if opts["stdio"] and opts["cmdserver"]:
4998 5003 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --stdio with --cmdserver"))
4999 5004 if opts["print_url"] and ui.verbose:
5000 5005 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --print-url with --verbose"))
5001 5006
5002 5007 if opts["stdio"]:
5003 5008 if repo is None:
5004 5009 raise error.RepoError(_("there is no Mercurial repository here"
5005 5010 " (.hg not found)"))
5006 5011 s = wireprotoserver.sshserver(ui, repo)
5007 5012 s.serve_forever()
5008 5013
5009 5014 service = server.createservice(ui, repo, opts)
5010 5015 return server.runservice(opts, initfn=service.init, runfn=service.run)
5011 5016
5012 5017 _NOTTERSE = 'nothing'
5013 5018
5014 5019 @command('^status|st',
5015 5020 [('A', 'all', None, _('show status of all files')),
5016 5021 ('m', 'modified', None, _('show only modified files')),
5017 5022 ('a', 'added', None, _('show only added files')),
5018 5023 ('r', 'removed', None, _('show only removed files')),
5019 5024 ('d', 'deleted', None, _('show only deleted (but tracked) files')),
5020 5025 ('c', 'clean', None, _('show only files without changes')),
5021 5026 ('u', 'unknown', None, _('show only unknown (not tracked) files')),
5022 5027 ('i', 'ignored', None, _('show only ignored files')),
5023 5028 ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix')),
5024 5029 ('t', 'terse', _NOTTERSE, _('show the terse output (EXPERIMENTAL)')),
5025 5030 ('C', 'copies', None, _('show source of copied files')),
5026 5031 ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')),
5027 5032 ('', 'rev', [], _('show difference from revision'), _('REV')),
5028 5033 ('', 'change', '', _('list the changed files of a revision'), _('REV')),
5029 5034 ] + walkopts + subrepoopts + formatteropts,
5030 5035 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
5031 5036 inferrepo=True,
5032 5037 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
5033 5038 def status(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
5034 5039 """show changed files in the working directory
5035 5040
5036 5041 Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only
5037 5042 files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or
5038 5043 the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless
5039 5044 -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.
5040 5045 Unless options described with "show only ..." are given, the
5041 5046 options -mardu are used.
5042 5047
5043 5048 Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files
5044 5049 unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.
5045 5050
5046 5051 .. note::
5047 5052
5048 5053 :hg:`status` may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have
5049 5054 changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does
5050 5055 not report permission changes and diff only reports changes
5051 5056 relative to one merge parent.
5052 5057
5053 5058 If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.
5054 5059 If two revisions are given, the differences between them are
5055 5060 shown. The --change option can also be used as a shortcut to list
5056 5061 the changed files of a revision from its first parent.
5057 5062
5058 5063 The codes used to show the status of files are::
5059 5064
5060 5065 M = modified
5061 5066 A = added
5062 5067 R = removed
5063 5068 C = clean
5064 5069 ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
5065 5070 ? = not tracked
5066 5071 I = ignored
5067 5072 = origin of the previous file (with --copies)
5068 5073
5069 5074 .. container:: verbose
5070 5075
5071 5076 The -t/--terse option abbreviates the output by showing only the directory
5072 5077 name if all the files in it share the same status. The option takes an
5073 5078 argument indicating the statuses to abbreviate: 'm' for 'modified', 'a'
5074 5079 for 'added', 'r' for 'removed', 'd' for 'deleted', 'u' for 'unknown', 'i'
5075 5080 for 'ignored' and 'c' for clean.
5076 5081
5077 5082 It abbreviates only those statuses which are passed. Note that clean and
5078 5083 ignored files are not displayed with '--terse ic' unless the -c/--clean
5079 5084 and -i/--ignored options are also used.
5080 5085
5081 5086 The -v/--verbose option shows information when the repository is in an
5082 5087 unfinished merge, shelve, rebase state etc. You can have this behavior
5083 5088 turned on by default by enabling the ``commands.status.verbose`` option.
5084 5089
5085 5090 You can skip displaying some of these states by setting
5086 5091 ``commands.status.skipstates`` to one or more of: 'bisect', 'graft',
5087 5092 'histedit', 'merge', 'rebase', or 'unshelve'.
5088 5093
5089 5094 Examples:
5090 5095
5091 5096 - show changes in the working directory relative to a
5092 5097 changeset::
5093 5098
5094 5099 hg status --rev 9353
5095 5100
5096 5101 - show changes in the working directory relative to the
5097 5102 current directory (see :hg:`help patterns` for more information)::
5098 5103
5099 5104 hg status re:
5100 5105
5101 5106 - show all changes including copies in an existing changeset::
5102 5107
5103 5108 hg status --copies --change 9353
5104 5109
5105 5110 - get a NUL separated list of added files, suitable for xargs::
5106 5111
5107 5112 hg status -an0
5108 5113
5109 5114 - show more information about the repository status, abbreviating
5110 5115 added, removed, modified, deleted, and untracked paths::
5111 5116
5112 5117 hg status -v -t mardu
5113 5118
5114 5119 Returns 0 on success.
5115 5120
5116 5121 """
5117 5122
5118 5123 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5119 5124 revs = opts.get('rev')
5120 5125 change = opts.get('change')
5121 5126 terse = opts.get('terse')
5122 5127 if terse is _NOTTERSE:
5123 5128 if revs:
5124 5129 terse = ''
5125 5130 else:
5126 5131 terse = ui.config('commands', 'status.terse')
5127 5132
5128 5133 if revs and change:
5129 5134 msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time')
5130 5135 raise error.Abort(msg)
5131 5136 elif revs and terse:
5132 5137 msg = _('cannot use --terse with --rev')
5133 5138 raise error.Abort(msg)
5134 5139 elif change:
5135 5140 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [change], 'nowarn')
5136 5141 ctx2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None)
5137 5142 ctx1 = ctx2.p1()
5138 5143 else:
5139 5144 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, revs, 'nowarn')
5140 5145 ctx1, ctx2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs)
5141 5146
5142 5147 if pats or ui.configbool('commands', 'status.relative'):
5143 5148 cwd = repo.getcwd()
5144 5149 else:
5145 5150 cwd = ''
5146 5151
5147 5152 if opts.get('print0'):
5148 5153 end = '\0'
5149 5154 else:
5150 5155 end = '\n'
5151 5156 copy = {}
5152 5157 states = 'modified added removed deleted unknown ignored clean'.split()
5153 5158 show = [k for k in states if opts.get(k)]
5154 5159 if opts.get('all'):
5155 5160 show += ui.quiet and (states[:4] + ['clean']) or states
5156 5161
5157 5162 if not show:
5158 5163 if ui.quiet:
5159 5164 show = states[:4]
5160 5165 else:
5161 5166 show = states[:5]
5162 5167
5163 5168 m = scmutil.match(ctx2, pats, opts)
5164 5169 if terse:
5165 5170 # we need to compute clean and unknown to terse
5166 5171 stat = repo.status(ctx1.node(), ctx2.node(), m,
5167 5172 'ignored' in show or 'i' in terse,
5168 5173 clean=True, unknown=True,
5169 5174 listsubrepos=opts.get('subrepos'))
5170 5175
5171 5176 stat = cmdutil.tersedir(stat, terse)
5172 5177 else:
5173 5178 stat = repo.status(ctx1.node(), ctx2.node(), m,
5174 5179 'ignored' in show, 'clean' in show,
5175 5180 'unknown' in show, opts.get('subrepos'))
5176 5181
5177 5182 changestates = zip(states, pycompat.iterbytestr('MAR!?IC'), stat)
5178 5183
5179 5184 if (opts.get('all') or opts.get('copies')
5180 5185 or ui.configbool('ui', 'statuscopies')) and not opts.get('no_status'):
5181 5186 copy = copies.pathcopies(ctx1, ctx2, m)
5182 5187
5183 5188 ui.pager('status')
5184 5189 fm = ui.formatter('status', opts)
5185 5190 fmt = '%s' + end
5186 5191 showchar = not opts.get('no_status')
5187 5192
5188 5193 for state, char, files in changestates:
5189 5194 if state in show:
5190 5195 label = 'status.' + state
5191 5196 for f in files:
5192 5197 fm.startitem()
5193 5198 fm.context(ctx=ctx2)
5194 5199 fm.data(path=f)
5195 5200 fm.condwrite(showchar, 'status', '%s ', char, label=label)
5196 5201 fm.plain(fmt % repo.pathto(f, cwd), label=label)
5197 5202 if f in copy:
5198 5203 fm.data(source=copy[f])
5199 5204 fm.plain((' %s' + end) % repo.pathto(copy[f], cwd),
5200 5205 label='status.copied')
5201 5206
5202 5207 if ((ui.verbose or ui.configbool('commands', 'status.verbose'))
5203 5208 and not ui.plain()):
5204 5209 cmdutil.morestatus(repo, fm)
5205 5210 fm.end()
5206 5211
5207 5212 @command('^summary|sum',
5208 5213 [('', 'remote', None, _('check for push and pull'))],
5209 5214 '[--remote]',
5210 5215 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
5211 5216 def summary(ui, repo, **opts):
5212 5217 """summarize working directory state
5213 5218
5214 5219 This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,
5215 5220 including parents, branch, commit status, phase and available updates.
5216 5221
5217 5222 With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for
5218 5223 incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.
5219 5224
5220 5225 Returns 0 on success.
5221 5226 """
5222 5227
5223 5228 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5224 5229 ui.pager('summary')
5225 5230 ctx = repo[None]
5226 5231 parents = ctx.parents()
5227 5232 pnode = parents[0].node()
5228 5233 marks = []
5229 5234
5230 5235 ms = None
5231 5236 try:
5232 5237 ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo)
5233 5238 except error.UnsupportedMergeRecords as e:
5234 5239 s = ' '.join(e.recordtypes)
5235 5240 ui.warn(
5236 5241 _('warning: merge state has unsupported record types: %s\n') % s)
5237 5242 unresolved = []
5238 5243 else:
5239 5244 unresolved = list(ms.unresolved())
5240 5245
5241 5246 for p in parents:
5242 5247 # label with log.changeset (instead of log.parent) since this
5243 5248 # shows a working directory parent *changeset*:
5244 5249 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5245 5250 ui.write(_('parent: %d:%s ') % (p.rev(), p),
5246 5251 label=logcmdutil.changesetlabels(p))
5247 5252 ui.write(' '.join(p.tags()), label='log.tag')
5248 5253 if p.bookmarks():
5249 5254 marks.extend(p.bookmarks())
5250 5255 if p.rev() == -1:
5251 5256 if not len(repo):
5252 5257 ui.write(_(' (empty repository)'))
5253 5258 else:
5254 5259 ui.write(_(' (no revision checked out)'))
5255 5260 if p.obsolete():
5256 5261 ui.write(_(' (obsolete)'))
5257 5262 if p.isunstable():
5258 5263 instabilities = (ui.label(instability, 'trouble.%s' % instability)
5259 5264 for instability in p.instabilities())
5260 5265 ui.write(' ('
5261 5266 + ', '.join(instabilities)
5262 5267 + ')')
5263 5268 ui.write('\n')
5264 5269 if p.description():
5265 5270 ui.status(' ' + p.description().splitlines()[0].strip() + '\n',
5266 5271 label='log.summary')
5267 5272
5268 5273 branch = ctx.branch()
5269 5274 bheads = repo.branchheads(branch)
5270 5275 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5271 5276 m = _('branch: %s\n') % branch
5272 5277 if branch != 'default':
5273 5278 ui.write(m, label='log.branch')
5274 5279 else:
5275 5280 ui.status(m, label='log.branch')
5276 5281
5277 5282 if marks:
5278 5283 active = repo._activebookmark
5279 5284 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5280 5285 ui.write(_('bookmarks:'), label='log.bookmark')
5281 5286 if active is not None:
5282 5287 if active in marks:
5283 5288 ui.write(' *' + active, label=bookmarks.activebookmarklabel)
5284 5289 marks.remove(active)
5285 5290 else:
5286 5291 ui.write(' [%s]' % active, label=bookmarks.activebookmarklabel)
5287 5292 for m in marks:
5288 5293 ui.write(' ' + m, label='log.bookmark')
5289 5294 ui.write('\n', label='log.bookmark')
5290 5295
5291 5296 status = repo.status(unknown=True)
5292 5297
5293 5298 c = repo.dirstate.copies()
5294 5299 copied, renamed = [], []
5295 5300 for d, s in c.iteritems():
5296 5301 if s in status.removed:
5297 5302 status.removed.remove(s)
5298 5303 renamed.append(d)
5299 5304 else:
5300 5305 copied.append(d)
5301 5306 if d in status.added:
5302 5307 status.added.remove(d)
5303 5308
5304 5309 subs = [s for s in ctx.substate if ctx.sub(s).dirty()]
5305 5310
5306 5311 labels = [(ui.label(_('%d modified'), 'status.modified'), status.modified),
5307 5312 (ui.label(_('%d added'), 'status.added'), status.added),
5308 5313 (ui.label(_('%d removed'), 'status.removed'), status.removed),
5309 5314 (ui.label(_('%d renamed'), 'status.copied'), renamed),
5310 5315 (ui.label(_('%d copied'), 'status.copied'), copied),
5311 5316 (ui.label(_('%d deleted'), 'status.deleted'), status.deleted),
5312 5317 (ui.label(_('%d unknown'), 'status.unknown'), status.unknown),
5313 5318 (ui.label(_('%d unresolved'), 'resolve.unresolved'), unresolved),
5314 5319 (ui.label(_('%d subrepos'), 'status.modified'), subs)]
5315 5320 t = []
5316 5321 for l, s in labels:
5317 5322 if s:
5318 5323 t.append(l % len(s))
5319 5324
5320 5325 t = ', '.join(t)
5321 5326 cleanworkdir = False
5322 5327
5323 5328 if repo.vfs.exists('graftstate'):
5324 5329 t += _(' (graft in progress)')
5325 5330 if repo.vfs.exists('updatestate'):
5326 5331 t += _(' (interrupted update)')
5327 5332 elif len(parents) > 1:
5328 5333 t += _(' (merge)')
5329 5334 elif branch != parents[0].branch():
5330 5335 t += _(' (new branch)')
5331 5336 elif (parents[0].closesbranch() and
5332 5337 pnode in repo.branchheads(branch, closed=True)):
5333 5338 t += _(' (head closed)')
5334 5339 elif not (status.modified or status.added or status.removed or renamed or
5335 5340 copied or subs):
5336 5341 t += _(' (clean)')
5337 5342 cleanworkdir = True
5338 5343 elif pnode not in bheads:
5339 5344 t += _(' (new branch head)')
5340 5345
5341 5346 if parents:
5342 5347 pendingphase = max(p.phase() for p in parents)
5343 5348 else:
5344 5349 pendingphase = phases.public
5345 5350
5346 5351 if pendingphase > phases.newcommitphase(ui):
5347 5352 t += ' (%s)' % phases.phasenames[pendingphase]
5348 5353
5349 5354 if cleanworkdir:
5350 5355 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5351 5356 ui.status(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip())
5352 5357 else:
5353 5358 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5354 5359 ui.write(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip())
5355 5360
5356 5361 # all ancestors of branch heads - all ancestors of parent = new csets
5357 5362 new = len(repo.changelog.findmissing([pctx.node() for pctx in parents],
5358 5363 bheads))
5359 5364
5360 5365 if new == 0:
5361 5366 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5362 5367 ui.status(_('update: (current)\n'))
5363 5368 elif pnode not in bheads:
5364 5369 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5365 5370 ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets (update)\n') % new)
5366 5371 else:
5367 5372 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5368 5373 ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets, %d branch heads (merge)\n') %
5369 5374 (new, len(bheads)))
5370 5375
5371 5376 t = []
5372 5377 draft = len(repo.revs('draft()'))
5373 5378 if draft:
5374 5379 t.append(_('%d draft') % draft)
5375 5380 secret = len(repo.revs('secret()'))
5376 5381 if secret:
5377 5382 t.append(_('%d secret') % secret)
5378 5383
5379 5384 if draft or secret:
5380 5385 ui.status(_('phases: %s\n') % ', '.join(t))
5381 5386
5382 5387 if obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt):
5383 5388 for trouble in ("orphan", "contentdivergent", "phasedivergent"):
5384 5389 numtrouble = len(repo.revs(trouble + "()"))
5385 5390 # We write all the possibilities to ease translation
5386 5391 troublemsg = {
5387 5392 "orphan": _("orphan: %d changesets"),
5388 5393 "contentdivergent": _("content-divergent: %d changesets"),
5389 5394 "phasedivergent": _("phase-divergent: %d changesets"),
5390 5395 }
5391 5396 if numtrouble > 0:
5392 5397 ui.status(troublemsg[trouble] % numtrouble + "\n")
5393 5398
5394 5399 cmdutil.summaryhooks(ui, repo)
5395 5400
5396 5401 if opts.get('remote'):
5397 5402 needsincoming, needsoutgoing = True, True
5398 5403 else:
5399 5404 needsincoming, needsoutgoing = False, False
5400 5405 for i, o in cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts, None):
5401 5406 if i:
5402 5407 needsincoming = True
5403 5408 if o:
5404 5409 needsoutgoing = True
5405 5410 if not needsincoming and not needsoutgoing:
5406 5411 return
5407 5412
5408 5413 def getincoming():
5409 5414 source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default'))
5410 5415 sbranch = branches[0]
5411 5416 try:
5412 5417 other = hg.peer(repo, {}, source)
5413 5418 except error.RepoError:
5414 5419 if opts.get('remote'):
5415 5420 raise
5416 5421 return source, sbranch, None, None, None
5417 5422 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches, None)
5418 5423 if revs:
5419 5424 revs = [other.lookup(rev) for rev in revs]
5420 5425 ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(source))
5421 5426 repo.ui.pushbuffer()
5422 5427 commoninc = discovery.findcommonincoming(repo, other, heads=revs)
5423 5428 repo.ui.popbuffer()
5424 5429 return source, sbranch, other, commoninc, commoninc[1]
5425 5430
5426 5431 if needsincoming:
5427 5432 source, sbranch, sother, commoninc, incoming = getincoming()
5428 5433 else:
5429 5434 source = sbranch = sother = commoninc = incoming = None
5430 5435
5431 5436 def getoutgoing():
5432 5437 dest, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default-push', 'default'))
5433 5438 dbranch = branches[0]
5434 5439 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, None)
5435 5440 if source != dest:
5436 5441 try:
5437 5442 dother = hg.peer(repo, {}, dest)
5438 5443 except error.RepoError:
5439 5444 if opts.get('remote'):
5440 5445 raise
5441 5446 return dest, dbranch, None, None
5442 5447 ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(dest))
5443 5448 elif sother is None:
5444 5449 # there is no explicit destination peer, but source one is invalid
5445 5450 return dest, dbranch, None, None
5446 5451 else:
5447 5452 dother = sother
5448 5453 if (source != dest or (sbranch is not None and sbranch != dbranch)):
5449 5454 common = None
5450 5455 else:
5451 5456 common = commoninc
5452 5457 if revs:
5453 5458 revs = [repo.lookup(rev) for rev in revs]
5454 5459 repo.ui.pushbuffer()
5455 5460 outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, dother, onlyheads=revs,
5456 5461 commoninc=common)
5457 5462 repo.ui.popbuffer()
5458 5463 return dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing
5459 5464
5460 5465 if needsoutgoing:
5461 5466 dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing = getoutgoing()
5462 5467 else:
5463 5468 dest = dbranch = dother = outgoing = None
5464 5469
5465 5470 if opts.get('remote'):
5466 5471 t = []
5467 5472 if incoming:
5468 5473 t.append(_('1 or more incoming'))
5469 5474 o = outgoing.missing
5470 5475 if o:
5471 5476 t.append(_('%d outgoing') % len(o))
5472 5477 other = dother or sother
5473 5478 if 'bookmarks' in other.listkeys('namespaces'):
5474 5479 counts = bookmarks.summary(repo, other)
5475 5480 if counts[0] > 0:
5476 5481 t.append(_('%d incoming bookmarks') % counts[0])
5477 5482 if counts[1] > 0:
5478 5483 t.append(_('%d outgoing bookmarks') % counts[1])
5479 5484
5480 5485 if t:
5481 5486 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5482 5487 ui.write(_('remote: %s\n') % (', '.join(t)))
5483 5488 else:
5484 5489 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5485 5490 ui.status(_('remote: (synced)\n'))
5486 5491
5487 5492 cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts,
5488 5493 ((source, sbranch, sother, commoninc),
5489 5494 (dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing)))
5490 5495
5491 5496 @command('tag',
5492 5497 [('f', 'force', None, _('force tag')),
5493 5498 ('l', 'local', None, _('make the tag local')),
5494 5499 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to tag'), _('REV')),
5495 5500 ('', 'remove', None, _('remove a tag')),
5496 5501 # -l/--local is already there, commitopts cannot be used
5497 5502 ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
5498 5503 ('m', 'message', '', _('use text as commit message'), _('TEXT')),
5499 5504 ] + commitopts2,
5500 5505 _('[-f] [-l] [-m TEXT] [-d DATE] [-u USER] [-r REV] NAME...'))
5501 5506 def tag(ui, repo, name1, *names, **opts):
5502 5507 """add one or more tags for the current or given revision
5503 5508
5504 5509 Name a particular revision using <name>.
5505 5510
5506 5511 Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are
5507 5512 very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant
5508 5513 earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc. Changing
5509 5514 an existing tag is normally disallowed; use -f/--force to override.
5510 5515
5511 5516 If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is
5512 5517 used.
5513 5518
5514 5519 To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,
5515 5520 they are stored as a file named ".hgtags" which is managed similarly
5516 5521 to other project files and can be hand-edited if necessary. This
5517 5522 also means that tagging creates a new commit. The file
5518 5523 ".hg/localtags" is used for local tags (not shared among
5519 5524 repositories).
5520 5525
5521 5526 Tag commits are usually made at the head of a branch. If the parent
5522 5527 of the working directory is not a branch head, :hg:`tag` aborts; use
5523 5528 -f/--force to force the tag commit to be based on a non-head
5524 5529 changeset.
5525 5530
5526 5531 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
5527 5532
5528 5533 Since tag names have priority over branch names during revision
5529 5534 lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged.
5530 5535
5531 5536 Returns 0 on success.
5532 5537 """
5533 5538 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5534 5539 with repo.wlock(), repo.lock():
5535 5540 rev_ = "."
5536 5541 names = [t.strip() for t in (name1,) + names]
5537 5542 if len(names) != len(set(names)):
5538 5543 raise error.Abort(_('tag names must be unique'))
5539 5544 for n in names:
5540 5545 scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, n, 'tag')
5541 5546 if not n:
5542 5547 raise error.Abort(_('tag names cannot consist entirely of '
5543 5548 'whitespace'))
5544 5549 if opts.get('rev') and opts.get('remove'):
5545 5550 raise error.Abort(_("--rev and --remove are incompatible"))
5546 5551 if opts.get('rev'):
5547 5552 rev_ = opts['rev']
5548 5553 message = opts.get('message')
5549 5554 if opts.get('remove'):
5550 5555 if opts.get('local'):
5551 5556 expectedtype = 'local'
5552 5557 else:
5553 5558 expectedtype = 'global'
5554 5559
5555 5560 for n in names:
5556 5561 if not repo.tagtype(n):
5557 5562 raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' does not exist") % n)
5558 5563 if repo.tagtype(n) != expectedtype:
5559 5564 if expectedtype == 'global':
5560 5565 raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a global tag") % n)
5561 5566 else:
5562 5567 raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a local tag") % n)
5563 5568 rev_ = 'null'
5564 5569 if not message:
5565 5570 # we don't translate commit messages
5566 5571 message = 'Removed tag %s' % ', '.join(names)
5567 5572 elif not opts.get('force'):
5568 5573 for n in names:
5569 5574 if n in repo.tags():
5570 5575 raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' already exists "
5571 5576 "(use -f to force)") % n)
5572 5577 if not opts.get('local'):
5573 5578 p1, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
5574 5579 if p2 != nullid:
5575 5580 raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge'))
5576 5581 bheads = repo.branchheads()
5577 5582 if not opts.get('force') and bheads and p1 not in bheads:
5578 5583 raise error.Abort(_('working directory is not at a branch head '
5579 5584 '(use -f to force)'))
5580 5585 node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).node()
5581 5586
5582 5587 if not message:
5583 5588 # we don't translate commit messages
5584 5589 message = ('Added tag %s for changeset %s' %
5585 5590 (', '.join(names), short(node)))
5586 5591
5587 5592 date = opts.get('date')
5588 5593 if date:
5589 5594 date = dateutil.parsedate(date)
5590 5595
5591 5596 if opts.get('remove'):
5592 5597 editform = 'tag.remove'
5593 5598 else:
5594 5599 editform = 'tag.add'
5595 5600 editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform,
5596 5601 **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
5597 5602
5598 5603 # don't allow tagging the null rev
5599 5604 if (not opts.get('remove') and
5600 5605 scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).rev() == nullrev):
5601 5606 raise error.Abort(_("cannot tag null revision"))
5602 5607
5603 5608 tagsmod.tag(repo, names, node, message, opts.get('local'),
5604 5609 opts.get('user'), date, editor=editor)
5605 5610
5606 5611 @command('tags', formatteropts, '', intents={INTENT_READONLY})
5607 5612 def tags(ui, repo, **opts):
5608 5613 """list repository tags
5609 5614
5610 5615 This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose
5611 5616 switch is used, a third column "local" is printed for local tags.
5612 5617 When the -q/--quiet switch is used, only the tag name is printed.
5613 5618
5614 5619 Returns 0 on success.
5615 5620 """
5616 5621
5617 5622 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5618 5623 ui.pager('tags')
5619 5624 fm = ui.formatter('tags', opts)
5620 5625 contexthint = fm.contexthint('tag rev node type')
5621 5626 hexfunc = fm.hexfunc
5622 5627 tagtype = ""
5623 5628
5624 5629 for t, n in reversed(repo.tagslist()):
5625 5630 hn = hexfunc(n)
5626 5631 label = 'tags.normal'
5627 5632 tagtype = ''
5628 5633 if repo.tagtype(t) == 'local':
5629 5634 label = 'tags.local'
5630 5635 tagtype = 'local'
5631 5636
5632 5637 fm.startitem()
5633 5638 if 'ctx' in contexthint:
5634 5639 fm.context(ctx=repo[n])
5635 5640 fm.write('tag', '%s', t, label=label)
5636 5641 fmt = " " * (30 - encoding.colwidth(t)) + ' %5d:%s'
5637 5642 fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt,
5638 5643 repo.changelog.rev(n), hn, label=label)
5639 5644 fm.condwrite(ui.verbose and tagtype, 'type', ' %s',
5640 5645 tagtype, label=label)
5641 5646 fm.plain('\n')
5642 5647 fm.end()
5643 5648
5644 5649 @command('tip',
5645 5650 [('p', 'patch', None, _('show patch')),
5646 5651 ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')),
5647 5652 ] + templateopts,
5648 5653 _('[-p] [-g]'))
5649 5654 def tip(ui, repo, **opts):
5650 5655 """show the tip revision (DEPRECATED)
5651 5656
5652 5657 The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset
5653 5658 most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most
5654 5659 recently changed head).
5655 5660
5656 5661 If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If
5657 5662 you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of
5658 5663 that repository becomes the current tip. The "tip" tag is special
5659 5664 and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.
5660 5665
5661 5666 This command is deprecated, please use :hg:`heads` instead.
5662 5667
5663 5668 Returns 0 on success.
5664 5669 """
5665 5670 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5666 5671 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts)
5667 5672 displayer.show(repo['tip'])
5668 5673 displayer.close()
5669 5674
5670 5675 @command('unbundle',
5671 5676 [('u', 'update', None,
5672 5677 _('update to new branch head if changesets were unbundled'))],
5673 5678 _('[-u] FILE...'))
5674 5679 def unbundle(ui, repo, fname1, *fnames, **opts):
5675 5680 """apply one or more bundle files
5676 5681
5677 5682 Apply one or more bundle files generated by :hg:`bundle`.
5678 5683
5679 5684 Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update has unresolved files.
5680 5685 """
5681 5686 fnames = (fname1,) + fnames
5682 5687
5683 5688 with repo.lock():
5684 5689 for fname in fnames:
5685 5690 f = hg.openpath(ui, fname)
5686 5691 gen = exchange.readbundle(ui, f, fname)
5687 5692 if isinstance(gen, streamclone.streamcloneapplier):
5688 5693 raise error.Abort(
5689 5694 _('packed bundles cannot be applied with '
5690 5695 '"hg unbundle"'),
5691 5696 hint=_('use "hg debugapplystreamclonebundle"'))
5692 5697 url = 'bundle:' + fname
5693 5698 try:
5694 5699 txnname = 'unbundle'
5695 5700 if not isinstance(gen, bundle2.unbundle20):
5696 5701 txnname = 'unbundle\n%s' % util.hidepassword(url)
5697 5702 with repo.transaction(txnname) as tr:
5698 5703 op = bundle2.applybundle(repo, gen, tr, source='unbundle',
5699 5704 url=url)
5700 5705 except error.BundleUnknownFeatureError as exc:
5701 5706 raise error.Abort(
5702 5707 _('%s: unknown bundle feature, %s') % (fname, exc),
5703 5708 hint=_("see https://mercurial-scm.org/"
5704 5709 "wiki/BundleFeature for more "
5705 5710 "information"))
5706 5711 modheads = bundle2.combinechangegroupresults(op)
5707 5712
5708 5713 return postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get(r'update'), None, None)
5709 5714
5710 5715 @command('^update|up|checkout|co',
5711 5716 [('C', 'clean', None, _('discard uncommitted changes (no backup)')),
5712 5717 ('c', 'check', None, _('require clean working directory')),
5713 5718 ('m', 'merge', None, _('merge uncommitted changes')),
5714 5719 ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')),
5715 5720 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision'), _('REV'))
5716 5721 ] + mergetoolopts,
5717 5722 _('[-C|-c|-m] [-d DATE] [[-r] REV]'))
5718 5723 def update(ui, repo, node=None, **opts):
5719 5724 """update working directory (or switch revisions)
5720 5725
5721 5726 Update the repository's working directory to the specified
5722 5727 changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the
5723 5728 current named branch and move the active bookmark (see :hg:`help
5724 5729 bookmarks`).
5725 5730
5726 5731 Update sets the working directory's parent revision to the specified
5727 5732 changeset (see :hg:`help parents`).
5728 5733
5729 5734 If the changeset is not a descendant or ancestor of the working
5730 5735 directory's parent and there are uncommitted changes, the update is
5731 5736 aborted. With the -c/--check option, the working directory is checked
5732 5737 for uncommitted changes; if none are found, the working directory is
5733 5738 updated to the specified changeset.
5734 5739
5735 5740 .. container:: verbose
5736 5741
5737 5742 The -C/--clean, -c/--check, and -m/--merge options control what
5738 5743 happens if the working directory contains uncommitted changes.
5739 5744 At most of one of them can be specified.
5740 5745
5741 5746 1. If no option is specified, and if
5742 5747 the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of
5743 5748 the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes
5744 5749 are merged into the requested changeset and the merged
5745 5750 result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is
5746 5751 not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another
5747 5752 branch), the update is aborted and the uncommitted changes
5748 5753 are preserved.
5749 5754
5750 5755 2. With the -m/--merge option, the update is allowed even if the
5751 5756 requested changeset is not an ancestor or descendant of
5752 5757 the working directory's parent.
5753 5758
5754 5759 3. With the -c/--check option, the update is aborted and the
5755 5760 uncommitted changes are preserved.
5756 5761
5757 5762 4. With the -C/--clean option, uncommitted changes are discarded and
5758 5763 the working directory is updated to the requested changeset.
5759 5764
5760 5765 To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes), use
5761 5766 :hg:`merge --abort`.
5762 5767
5763 5768 Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like
5764 5769 :hg:`clone -U`).
5765 5770
5766 5771 If you want to revert just one file to an older revision, use
5767 5772 :hg:`revert [-r REV] NAME`.
5768 5773
5769 5774 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
5770 5775
5771 5776 Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files.
5772 5777 """
5773 5778 rev = opts.get(r'rev')
5774 5779 date = opts.get(r'date')
5775 5780 clean = opts.get(r'clean')
5776 5781 check = opts.get(r'check')
5777 5782 merge = opts.get(r'merge')
5778 5783 if rev and node:
5779 5784 raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
5780 5785
5781 5786 if ui.configbool('commands', 'update.requiredest'):
5782 5787 if not node and not rev and not date:
5783 5788 raise error.Abort(_('you must specify a destination'),
5784 5789 hint=_('for example: hg update ".::"'))
5785 5790
5786 5791 if rev is None or rev == '':
5787 5792 rev = node
5788 5793
5789 5794 if date and rev is not None:
5790 5795 raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date"))
5791 5796
5792 5797 if len([x for x in (clean, check, merge) if x]) > 1:
5793 5798 raise error.Abort(_("can only specify one of -C/--clean, -c/--check, "
5794 5799 "or -m/--merge"))
5795 5800
5796 5801 updatecheck = None
5797 5802 if check:
5798 5803 updatecheck = 'abort'
5799 5804 elif merge:
5800 5805 updatecheck = 'none'
5801 5806
5802 5807 with repo.wlock():
5803 5808 cmdutil.clearunfinished(repo)
5804 5809
5805 5810 if date:
5806 5811 rev = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, date)
5807 5812
5808 5813 # if we defined a bookmark, we have to remember the original name
5809 5814 brev = rev
5810 5815 if rev:
5811 5816 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
5812 5817 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, rev)
5813 5818 rev = ctx.rev()
5814 5819 hidden = ctx.hidden()
5815 5820 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get(r'tool', '')}
5816 5821 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'update'):
5817 5822 ret = hg.updatetotally(ui, repo, rev, brev, clean=clean,
5818 5823 updatecheck=updatecheck)
5819 5824 if hidden:
5820 5825 ctxstr = ctx.hex()[:12]
5821 5826 ui.warn(_("updated to hidden changeset %s\n") % ctxstr)
5822 5827
5823 5828 if ctx.obsolete():
5824 5829 obsfatemsg = obsutil._getfilteredreason(repo, ctxstr, ctx)
5825 5830 ui.warn("(%s)\n" % obsfatemsg)
5826 5831 return ret
5827 5832
5828 5833 @command('verify', [])
5829 5834 def verify(ui, repo):
5830 5835 """verify the integrity of the repository
5831 5836
5832 5837 Verify the integrity of the current repository.
5833 5838
5834 5839 This will perform an extensive check of the repository's
5835 5840 integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in
5836 5841 the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the
5837 5842 integrity of their crosslinks and indices.
5838 5843
5839 5844 Please see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RepositoryCorruption
5840 5845 for more information about recovery from corruption of the
5841 5846 repository.
5842 5847
5843 5848 Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
5844 5849 """
5845 5850 return hg.verify(repo)
5846 5851
5847 5852 @command('version', [] + formatteropts, norepo=True,
5848 5853 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
5849 5854 def version_(ui, **opts):
5850 5855 """output version and copyright information"""
5851 5856 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5852 5857 if ui.verbose:
5853 5858 ui.pager('version')
5854 5859 fm = ui.formatter("version", opts)
5855 5860 fm.startitem()
5856 5861 fm.write("ver", _("Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n"),
5857 5862 util.version())
5858 5863 license = _(
5859 5864 "(see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)\n"
5860 5865 "\nCopyright (C) 2005-2018 Matt Mackall and others\n"
5861 5866 "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. "
5862 5867 "There is NO\nwarranty; "
5863 5868 "not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
5864 5869 )
5865 5870 if not ui.quiet:
5866 5871 fm.plain(license)
5867 5872
5868 5873 if ui.verbose:
5869 5874 fm.plain(_("\nEnabled extensions:\n\n"))
5870 5875 # format names and versions into columns
5871 5876 names = []
5872 5877 vers = []
5873 5878 isinternals = []
5874 5879 for name, module in extensions.extensions():
5875 5880 names.append(name)
5876 5881 vers.append(extensions.moduleversion(module) or None)
5877 5882 isinternals.append(extensions.ismoduleinternal(module))
5878 5883 fn = fm.nested("extensions", tmpl='{name}\n')
5879 5884 if names:
5880 5885 namefmt = " %%-%ds " % max(len(n) for n in names)
5881 5886 places = [_("external"), _("internal")]
5882 5887 for n, v, p in zip(names, vers, isinternals):
5883 5888 fn.startitem()
5884 5889 fn.condwrite(ui.verbose, "name", namefmt, n)
5885 5890 if ui.verbose:
5886 5891 fn.plain("%s " % places[p])
5887 5892 fn.data(bundled=p)
5888 5893 fn.condwrite(ui.verbose and v, "ver", "%s", v)
5889 5894 if ui.verbose:
5890 5895 fn.plain("\n")
5891 5896 fn.end()
5892 5897 fm.end()
5893 5898
5894 5899 def loadcmdtable(ui, name, cmdtable):
5895 5900 """Load command functions from specified cmdtable
5896 5901 """
5897 5902 overrides = [cmd for cmd in cmdtable if cmd in table]
5898 5903 if overrides:
5899 5904 ui.warn(_("extension '%s' overrides commands: %s\n")
5900 5905 % (name, " ".join(overrides)))
5901 5906 table.update(cmdtable)
@@ -1,1401 +1,1404 b''
1 1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
2 2 #
3 3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
4 4 #
5 5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 7
8 8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9 9
10 10 import functools
11 11 import re
12 12
13 13 from . import (
14 14 encoding,
15 15 error,
16 16 )
17 17
18 18 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
19 19 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
20 20 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
21 21 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
22 22 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
23 23 newkeys = set(items)
24 24 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
25 25 msg = "extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
26 26 msg %= (extname, section, key)
27 27 ui.develwarn(msg, config='warn-config')
28 28
29 29 knownitems.update(items)
30 30
31 31 class configitem(object):
32 32 """represent a known config item
33 33
34 34 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
35 35 :name: the official name within the section,
36 36 :default: default value for this item,
37 37 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
38 38 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
39 39 """
40 40
41 41 def __init__(self, section, name, default=None, alias=(),
42 42 generic=False, priority=0):
43 43 self.section = section
44 44 self.name = name
45 45 self.default = default
46 46 self.alias = list(alias)
47 47 self.generic = generic
48 48 self.priority = priority
49 49 self._re = None
50 50 if generic:
51 51 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
52 52
53 53 class itemregister(dict):
54 54 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
55 55
56 56 def __init__(self):
57 57 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
58 58 self._generics = set()
59 59
60 60 def update(self, other):
61 61 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
62 62 self._generics.update(other._generics)
63 63
64 64 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
65 65 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
66 66 if item.generic:
67 67 self._generics.add(item)
68 68
69 69 def get(self, key):
70 70 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
71 71 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
72 72 return baseitem
73 73
74 74 # search for a matching generic item
75 75 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
76 76 for item in generics:
77 77 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
78 78 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
79 79 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
80 80 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
81 81 #
82 82 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
83 83 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
84 84 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
85 85 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
86 86 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
87 87 # The "^" seems more error prone.
88 88 if item._re.match(key):
89 89 return item
90 90
91 91 return None
92 92
93 93 coreitems = {}
94 94
95 95 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
96 96 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
97 97 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
98 98 if item.name in section:
99 99 msg = "duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
100 100 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
101 101 section[item.name] = item
102 102
103 103 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
104 104 dynamicdefault = object()
105 105
106 106 # Registering actual config items
107 107
108 108 def getitemregister(configtable):
109 109 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
110 110 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
111 111 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
112 112 return f
113 113
114 114 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
115 115
116 116 coreconfigitem('alias', '.*',
117 117 default=dynamicdefault,
118 118 generic=True,
119 119 )
120 120 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'nodates',
121 121 default=False,
122 122 )
123 123 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'showfunc',
124 124 default=False,
125 125 )
126 126 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'unified',
127 127 default=None,
128 128 )
129 129 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'git',
130 130 default=False,
131 131 )
132 132 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorews',
133 133 default=False,
134 134 )
135 135 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorewsamount',
136 136 default=False,
137 137 )
138 138 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignoreblanklines',
139 139 default=False,
140 140 )
141 141 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorewseol',
142 142 default=False,
143 143 )
144 144 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'nobinary',
145 145 default=False,
146 146 )
147 147 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'noprefix',
148 148 default=False,
149 149 )
150 150 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'word-diff',
151 151 default=False,
152 152 )
153 153 coreconfigitem('auth', 'cookiefile',
154 154 default=None,
155 155 )
156 156 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
157 157 coreconfigitem('bookmarks', 'pushing',
158 158 default=list,
159 159 )
160 160 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
161 161 coreconfigitem('bundle', 'mainreporoot',
162 162 default='',
163 163 )
164 164 # bundle.reorder: experimental config
165 165 coreconfigitem('bundle', 'reorder',
166 166 default='auto',
167 167 )
168 168 coreconfigitem('censor', 'policy',
169 169 default='abort',
170 170 )
171 171 coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'idletimeout',
172 172 default=3600,
173 173 )
174 174 coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'skiphash',
175 175 default=False,
176 176 )
177 177 coreconfigitem('cmdserver', 'log',
178 178 default=None,
179 179 )
180 180 coreconfigitem('color', '.*',
181 181 default=None,
182 182 generic=True,
183 183 )
184 184 coreconfigitem('color', 'mode',
185 185 default='auto',
186 186 )
187 187 coreconfigitem('color', 'pagermode',
188 188 default=dynamicdefault,
189 189 )
190 190 coreconfigitem('commands', 'grep.all-files',
191 191 default=False,
192 192 )
193 193 coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.confirm',
194 194 default=False,
195 195 )
196 coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.explicit-re-merge',
197 default=False,
198 )
196 199 coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.mark-check',
197 200 default='none',
198 201 )
199 202 coreconfigitem('commands', 'show.aliasprefix',
200 203 default=list,
201 204 )
202 205 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.relative',
203 206 default=False,
204 207 )
205 208 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.skipstates',
206 209 default=[],
207 210 )
208 211 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.terse',
209 212 default='',
210 213 )
211 214 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.verbose',
212 215 default=False,
213 216 )
214 217 coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.check',
215 218 default=None,
216 219 )
217 220 coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.requiredest',
218 221 default=False,
219 222 )
220 223 coreconfigitem('committemplate', '.*',
221 224 default=None,
222 225 generic=True,
223 226 )
224 227 coreconfigitem('convert', 'bzr.saverev',
225 228 default=True,
226 229 )
227 230 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.cache',
228 231 default=True,
229 232 )
230 233 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.fuzz',
231 234 default=60,
232 235 )
233 236 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.logencoding',
234 237 default=None,
235 238 )
236 239 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergefrom',
237 240 default=None,
238 241 )
239 242 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergeto',
240 243 default=None,
241 244 )
242 245 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.committeractions',
243 246 default=lambda: ['messagedifferent'],
244 247 )
245 248 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.extrakeys',
246 249 default=list,
247 250 )
248 251 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.findcopiesharder',
249 252 default=False,
250 253 )
251 254 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.remoteprefix',
252 255 default='remote',
253 256 )
254 257 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.renamelimit',
255 258 default=400,
256 259 )
257 260 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.saverev',
258 261 default=True,
259 262 )
260 263 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.similarity',
261 264 default=50,
262 265 )
263 266 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.skipsubmodules',
264 267 default=False,
265 268 )
266 269 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.clonebranches',
267 270 default=False,
268 271 )
269 272 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.ignoreerrors',
270 273 default=False,
271 274 )
272 275 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.revs',
273 276 default=None,
274 277 )
275 278 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.saverev',
276 279 default=False,
277 280 )
278 281 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.sourcename',
279 282 default=None,
280 283 )
281 284 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.startrev',
282 285 default=None,
283 286 )
284 287 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.tagsbranch',
285 288 default='default',
286 289 )
287 290 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.usebranchnames',
288 291 default=True,
289 292 )
290 293 coreconfigitem('convert', 'ignoreancestorcheck',
291 294 default=False,
292 295 )
293 296 coreconfigitem('convert', 'localtimezone',
294 297 default=False,
295 298 )
296 299 coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.encoding',
297 300 default=dynamicdefault,
298 301 )
299 302 coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.startrev',
300 303 default=0,
301 304 )
302 305 coreconfigitem('convert', 'skiptags',
303 306 default=False,
304 307 )
305 308 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.debugsvnlog',
306 309 default=True,
307 310 )
308 311 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.trunk',
309 312 default=None,
310 313 )
311 314 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.tags',
312 315 default=None,
313 316 )
314 317 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.branches',
315 318 default=None,
316 319 )
317 320 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.startrev',
318 321 default=0,
319 322 )
320 323 coreconfigitem('debug', 'dirstate.delaywrite',
321 324 default=0,
322 325 )
323 326 coreconfigitem('defaults', '.*',
324 327 default=None,
325 328 generic=True,
326 329 )
327 330 coreconfigitem('devel', 'all-warnings',
328 331 default=False,
329 332 )
330 333 coreconfigitem('devel', 'bundle2.debug',
331 334 default=False,
332 335 )
333 336 coreconfigitem('devel', 'cache-vfs',
334 337 default=None,
335 338 )
336 339 coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-locks',
337 340 default=False,
338 341 )
339 342 coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-relroot',
340 343 default=False,
341 344 )
342 345 coreconfigitem('devel', 'default-date',
343 346 default=None,
344 347 )
345 348 coreconfigitem('devel', 'deprec-warn',
346 349 default=False,
347 350 )
348 351 coreconfigitem('devel', 'disableloaddefaultcerts',
349 352 default=False,
350 353 )
351 354 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-empty-changegroup',
352 355 default=False,
353 356 )
354 357 coreconfigitem('devel', 'legacy.exchange',
355 358 default=list,
356 359 )
357 360 coreconfigitem('devel', 'servercafile',
358 361 default='',
359 362 )
360 363 coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverexactprotocol',
361 364 default='',
362 365 )
363 366 coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverrequirecert',
364 367 default=False,
365 368 )
366 369 coreconfigitem('devel', 'strip-obsmarkers',
367 370 default=True,
368 371 )
369 372 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config',
370 373 default=None,
371 374 )
372 375 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-default',
373 376 default=None,
374 377 )
375 378 coreconfigitem('devel', 'user.obsmarker',
376 379 default=None,
377 380 )
378 381 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-unknown',
379 382 default=None,
380 383 )
381 384 coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.extensions',
382 385 default=False,
383 386 )
384 387 coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.peer-request',
385 388 default=False,
386 389 )
387 390 coreconfigitem('diff', 'nodates',
388 391 default=False,
389 392 )
390 393 coreconfigitem('diff', 'showfunc',
391 394 default=False,
392 395 )
393 396 coreconfigitem('diff', 'unified',
394 397 default=None,
395 398 )
396 399 coreconfigitem('diff', 'git',
397 400 default=False,
398 401 )
399 402 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorews',
400 403 default=False,
401 404 )
402 405 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorewsamount',
403 406 default=False,
404 407 )
405 408 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignoreblanklines',
406 409 default=False,
407 410 )
408 411 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorewseol',
409 412 default=False,
410 413 )
411 414 coreconfigitem('diff', 'nobinary',
412 415 default=False,
413 416 )
414 417 coreconfigitem('diff', 'noprefix',
415 418 default=False,
416 419 )
417 420 coreconfigitem('diff', 'word-diff',
418 421 default=False,
419 422 )
420 423 coreconfigitem('email', 'bcc',
421 424 default=None,
422 425 )
423 426 coreconfigitem('email', 'cc',
424 427 default=None,
425 428 )
426 429 coreconfigitem('email', 'charsets',
427 430 default=list,
428 431 )
429 432 coreconfigitem('email', 'from',
430 433 default=None,
431 434 )
432 435 coreconfigitem('email', 'method',
433 436 default='smtp',
434 437 )
435 438 coreconfigitem('email', 'reply-to',
436 439 default=None,
437 440 )
438 441 coreconfigitem('email', 'to',
439 442 default=None,
440 443 )
441 444 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'archivemetatemplate',
442 445 default=dynamicdefault,
443 446 )
444 447 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle-phases',
445 448 default=False,
446 449 )
447 450 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-advertise',
448 451 default=True,
449 452 )
450 453 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-output-capture',
451 454 default=False,
452 455 )
453 456 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2.pushback',
454 457 default=False,
455 458 )
456 459 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2.stream',
457 460 default=False,
458 461 )
459 462 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2lazylocking',
460 463 default=False,
461 464 )
462 465 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel',
463 466 default=None,
464 467 )
465 468 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
466 469 default=None,
467 470 )
468 471 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
469 472 default=None,
470 473 )
471 474 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.none',
472 475 default=None,
473 476 )
474 477 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
475 478 default=None,
476 479 )
477 480 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'changegroup3',
478 481 default=False,
479 482 )
480 483 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'clientcompressionengines',
481 484 default=list,
482 485 )
483 486 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace',
484 487 default='on',
485 488 )
486 489 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
487 490 default=100,
488 491 )
489 492 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
490 493 default=100,
491 494 )
492 495 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'crecordtest',
493 496 default=None,
494 497 )
495 498 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess',
496 499 default=False,
497 500 )
498 501 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess.revnums',
499 502 default=False,
500 503 )
501 504 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'editortmpinhg',
502 505 default=False,
503 506 )
504 507 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution',
505 508 default=list,
506 509 )
507 510 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowdivergence',
508 511 default=False,
509 512 alias=[('experimental', 'allowdivergence')]
510 513 )
511 514 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowunstable',
512 515 default=None,
513 516 )
514 517 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.createmarkers',
515 518 default=None,
516 519 )
517 520 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.effect-flags',
518 521 default=True,
519 522 alias=[('experimental', 'effect-flags')]
520 523 )
521 524 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.exchange',
522 525 default=None,
523 526 )
524 527 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
525 528 default=False,
526 529 )
527 530 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.report-instabilities',
528 531 default=True,
529 532 )
530 533 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.track-operation',
531 534 default=True,
532 535 )
533 536 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'maxdeltachainspan',
534 537 default=-1,
535 538 )
536 539 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergetempdirprefix',
537 540 default=None,
538 541 )
539 542 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mmapindexthreshold',
540 543 default=None,
541 544 )
542 545 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
543 546 default=False,
544 547 )
545 548 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'exportableenviron',
546 549 default=list,
547 550 )
548 551 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.index',
549 552 default=None,
550 553 )
551 554 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.similarity',
552 555 default=False,
553 556 )
554 557 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'format.compression',
555 558 default='zlib',
556 559 )
557 560 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphshorten',
558 561 default=False,
559 562 )
560 563 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.parent',
561 564 default=dynamicdefault,
562 565 )
563 566 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.missing',
564 567 default=dynamicdefault,
565 568 )
566 569 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.grandparent',
567 570 default=dynamicdefault,
568 571 )
569 572 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'hook-track-tags',
570 573 default=False,
571 574 )
572 575 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppeer.advertise-v2',
573 576 default=False,
574 577 )
575 578 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppostargs',
576 579 default=False,
577 580 )
578 581 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergedriver',
579 582 default=None,
580 583 )
581 584 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt', default=False)
582 585 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
583 586
584 587 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
585 588 default=False,
586 589 )
587 590 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'remotenames',
588 591 default=False,
589 592 )
590 593 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'removeemptydirs',
591 594 default=True,
592 595 )
593 596 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revisions.prefixhexnode',
594 597 default=False,
595 598 )
596 599 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revlogv2',
597 600 default=None,
598 601 )
599 602 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revisions.disambiguatewithin',
600 603 default=None,
601 604 )
602 605 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'single-head-per-branch',
603 606 default=False,
604 607 )
605 608 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshserver.support-v2',
606 609 default=False,
607 610 )
608 611 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'spacemovesdown',
609 612 default=False,
610 613 )
611 614 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read',
612 615 default=False,
613 616 )
614 617 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.density-threshold',
615 618 default=0.50,
616 619 )
617 620 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
618 621 default='65K',
619 622 )
620 623 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'treemanifest',
621 624 default=False,
622 625 )
623 626 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'update.atomic-file',
624 627 default=False,
625 628 )
626 629 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshpeer.advertise-v2',
627 630 default=False,
628 631 )
629 632 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.apiserver',
630 633 default=False,
631 634 )
632 635 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.http-v2',
633 636 default=False,
634 637 )
635 638 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.debugreflect',
636 639 default=False,
637 640 )
638 641 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
639 642 default=False,
640 643 )
641 644 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'xdiff',
642 645 default=False,
643 646 )
644 647 coreconfigitem('extensions', '.*',
645 648 default=None,
646 649 generic=True,
647 650 )
648 651 coreconfigitem('extdata', '.*',
649 652 default=None,
650 653 generic=True,
651 654 )
652 655 coreconfigitem('format', 'chunkcachesize',
653 656 default=None,
654 657 )
655 658 coreconfigitem('format', 'dotencode',
656 659 default=True,
657 660 )
658 661 coreconfigitem('format', 'generaldelta',
659 662 default=False,
660 663 )
661 664 coreconfigitem('format', 'manifestcachesize',
662 665 default=None,
663 666 )
664 667 coreconfigitem('format', 'maxchainlen',
665 668 default=None,
666 669 )
667 670 coreconfigitem('format', 'obsstore-version',
668 671 default=None,
669 672 )
670 673 coreconfigitem('format', 'sparse-revlog',
671 674 default=False,
672 675 )
673 676 coreconfigitem('format', 'usefncache',
674 677 default=True,
675 678 )
676 679 coreconfigitem('format', 'usegeneraldelta',
677 680 default=True,
678 681 )
679 682 coreconfigitem('format', 'usestore',
680 683 default=True,
681 684 )
682 685 coreconfigitem('format', 'internal-phase',
683 686 default=False,
684 687 )
685 688 coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_when_unused',
686 689 default=True,
687 690 )
688 691 coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_update_file_count',
689 692 default=50000,
690 693 )
691 694 coreconfigitem('hooks', '.*',
692 695 default=dynamicdefault,
693 696 generic=True,
694 697 )
695 698 coreconfigitem('hgweb-paths', '.*',
696 699 default=list,
697 700 generic=True,
698 701 )
699 702 coreconfigitem('hostfingerprints', '.*',
700 703 default=list,
701 704 generic=True,
702 705 )
703 706 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'ciphers',
704 707 default=None,
705 708 )
706 709 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'disabletls10warning',
707 710 default=False,
708 711 )
709 712 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'minimumprotocol',
710 713 default=dynamicdefault,
711 714 )
712 715 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:minimumprotocol$',
713 716 default=dynamicdefault,
714 717 generic=True,
715 718 )
716 719 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:ciphers$',
717 720 default=dynamicdefault,
718 721 generic=True,
719 722 )
720 723 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:fingerprints$',
721 724 default=list,
722 725 generic=True,
723 726 )
724 727 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:verifycertsfile$',
725 728 default=None,
726 729 generic=True,
727 730 )
728 731
729 732 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'always',
730 733 default=False,
731 734 )
732 735 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'host',
733 736 default=None,
734 737 )
735 738 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'no',
736 739 default=list,
737 740 )
738 741 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'passwd',
739 742 default=None,
740 743 )
741 744 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'user',
742 745 default=None,
743 746 )
744 747 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandexception',
745 748 default=None,
746 749 )
747 750 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandfinish',
748 751 default=None,
749 752 )
750 753 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'command',
751 754 default=None,
752 755 )
753 756 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'develwarn',
754 757 default=None,
755 758 )
756 759 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'uiblocked',
757 760 default=None,
758 761 )
759 762 coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkunknown',
760 763 default='abort',
761 764 )
762 765 coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkignored',
763 766 default='abort',
764 767 )
765 768 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'merge.checkpathconflicts',
766 769 default=False,
767 770 )
768 771 coreconfigitem('merge', 'followcopies',
769 772 default=True,
770 773 )
771 774 coreconfigitem('merge', 'on-failure',
772 775 default='continue',
773 776 )
774 777 coreconfigitem('merge', 'preferancestor',
775 778 default=lambda: ['*'],
776 779 )
777 780 coreconfigitem('merge', 'strict-capability-check',
778 781 default=False,
779 782 )
780 783 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', '.*',
781 784 default=None,
782 785 generic=True,
783 786 )
784 787 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.args$',
785 788 default="$local $base $other",
786 789 generic=True,
787 790 priority=-1,
788 791 )
789 792 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.binary$',
790 793 default=False,
791 794 generic=True,
792 795 priority=-1,
793 796 )
794 797 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.check$',
795 798 default=list,
796 799 generic=True,
797 800 priority=-1,
798 801 )
799 802 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.checkchanged$',
800 803 default=False,
801 804 generic=True,
802 805 priority=-1,
803 806 )
804 807 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.executable$',
805 808 default=dynamicdefault,
806 809 generic=True,
807 810 priority=-1,
808 811 )
809 812 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.fixeol$',
810 813 default=False,
811 814 generic=True,
812 815 priority=-1,
813 816 )
814 817 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.gui$',
815 818 default=False,
816 819 generic=True,
817 820 priority=-1,
818 821 )
819 822 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
820 823 default='basic',
821 824 generic=True,
822 825 priority=-1,
823 826 )
824 827 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
825 828 default=dynamicdefault, # take from ui.mergemarkertemplate
826 829 generic=True,
827 830 priority=-1,
828 831 )
829 832 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.priority$',
830 833 default=0,
831 834 generic=True,
832 835 priority=-1,
833 836 )
834 837 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.premerge$',
835 838 default=dynamicdefault,
836 839 generic=True,
837 840 priority=-1,
838 841 )
839 842 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.symlink$',
840 843 default=False,
841 844 generic=True,
842 845 priority=-1,
843 846 )
844 847 coreconfigitem('pager', 'attend-.*',
845 848 default=dynamicdefault,
846 849 generic=True,
847 850 )
848 851 coreconfigitem('pager', 'ignore',
849 852 default=list,
850 853 )
851 854 coreconfigitem('pager', 'pager',
852 855 default=dynamicdefault,
853 856 )
854 857 coreconfigitem('patch', 'eol',
855 858 default='strict',
856 859 )
857 860 coreconfigitem('patch', 'fuzz',
858 861 default=2,
859 862 )
860 863 coreconfigitem('paths', 'default',
861 864 default=None,
862 865 )
863 866 coreconfigitem('paths', 'default-push',
864 867 default=None,
865 868 )
866 869 coreconfigitem('paths', '.*',
867 870 default=None,
868 871 generic=True,
869 872 )
870 873 coreconfigitem('phases', 'checksubrepos',
871 874 default='follow',
872 875 )
873 876 coreconfigitem('phases', 'new-commit',
874 877 default='draft',
875 878 )
876 879 coreconfigitem('phases', 'publish',
877 880 default=True,
878 881 )
879 882 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'enabled',
880 883 default=False,
881 884 )
882 885 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'format',
883 886 default='text',
884 887 )
885 888 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'freq',
886 889 default=1000,
887 890 )
888 891 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'limit',
889 892 default=30,
890 893 )
891 894 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'nested',
892 895 default=0,
893 896 )
894 897 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'output',
895 898 default=None,
896 899 )
897 900 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmax',
898 901 default=0.999,
899 902 )
900 903 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmin',
901 904 default=dynamicdefault,
902 905 )
903 906 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'sort',
904 907 default='inlinetime',
905 908 )
906 909 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'statformat',
907 910 default='hotpath',
908 911 )
909 912 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'time-track',
910 913 default='cpu',
911 914 )
912 915 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'type',
913 916 default='stat',
914 917 )
915 918 coreconfigitem('progress', 'assume-tty',
916 919 default=False,
917 920 )
918 921 coreconfigitem('progress', 'changedelay',
919 922 default=1,
920 923 )
921 924 coreconfigitem('progress', 'clear-complete',
922 925 default=True,
923 926 )
924 927 coreconfigitem('progress', 'debug',
925 928 default=False,
926 929 )
927 930 coreconfigitem('progress', 'delay',
928 931 default=3,
929 932 )
930 933 coreconfigitem('progress', 'disable',
931 934 default=False,
932 935 )
933 936 coreconfigitem('progress', 'estimateinterval',
934 937 default=60.0,
935 938 )
936 939 coreconfigitem('progress', 'format',
937 940 default=lambda: ['topic', 'bar', 'number', 'estimate'],
938 941 )
939 942 coreconfigitem('progress', 'refresh',
940 943 default=0.1,
941 944 )
942 945 coreconfigitem('progress', 'width',
943 946 default=dynamicdefault,
944 947 )
945 948 coreconfigitem('push', 'pushvars.server',
946 949 default=False,
947 950 )
948 951 coreconfigitem('storage', 'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
949 952 default=True,
950 953 alias=[('format', 'aggressivemergedeltas')],
951 954 )
952 955 coreconfigitem('server', 'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
953 956 default=True,
954 957 )
955 958 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1',
956 959 default=True,
957 960 )
958 961 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd',
959 962 default=None,
960 963 )
961 964 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.pull',
962 965 default=None,
963 966 )
964 967 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.pull',
965 968 default=None,
966 969 )
967 970 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.push',
968 971 default=None,
969 972 )
970 973 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.push',
971 974 default=None,
972 975 )
973 976 coreconfigitem('server', 'compressionengines',
974 977 default=list,
975 978 )
976 979 coreconfigitem('server', 'concurrent-push-mode',
977 980 default='strict',
978 981 )
979 982 coreconfigitem('server', 'disablefullbundle',
980 983 default=False,
981 984 )
982 985 coreconfigitem('server', 'maxhttpheaderlen',
983 986 default=1024,
984 987 )
985 988 coreconfigitem('server', 'pullbundle',
986 989 default=False,
987 990 )
988 991 coreconfigitem('server', 'preferuncompressed',
989 992 default=False,
990 993 )
991 994 coreconfigitem('server', 'streamunbundle',
992 995 default=False,
993 996 )
994 997 coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressed',
995 998 default=True,
996 999 )
997 1000 coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressedallowsecret',
998 1001 default=False,
999 1002 )
1000 1003 coreconfigitem('server', 'validate',
1001 1004 default=False,
1002 1005 )
1003 1006 coreconfigitem('server', 'zliblevel',
1004 1007 default=-1,
1005 1008 )
1006 1009 coreconfigitem('server', 'zstdlevel',
1007 1010 default=3,
1008 1011 )
1009 1012 coreconfigitem('share', 'pool',
1010 1013 default=None,
1011 1014 )
1012 1015 coreconfigitem('share', 'poolnaming',
1013 1016 default='identity',
1014 1017 )
1015 1018 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'host',
1016 1019 default=None,
1017 1020 )
1018 1021 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'local_hostname',
1019 1022 default=None,
1020 1023 )
1021 1024 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'password',
1022 1025 default=None,
1023 1026 )
1024 1027 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'port',
1025 1028 default=dynamicdefault,
1026 1029 )
1027 1030 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'tls',
1028 1031 default='none',
1029 1032 )
1030 1033 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'username',
1031 1034 default=None,
1032 1035 )
1033 1036 coreconfigitem('sparse', 'missingwarning',
1034 1037 default=True,
1035 1038 )
1036 1039 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'allowed',
1037 1040 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
1038 1041 )
1039 1042 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'hg:allowed',
1040 1043 default=dynamicdefault,
1041 1044 )
1042 1045 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'git:allowed',
1043 1046 default=dynamicdefault,
1044 1047 )
1045 1048 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'svn:allowed',
1046 1049 default=dynamicdefault,
1047 1050 )
1048 1051 coreconfigitem('templates', '.*',
1049 1052 default=None,
1050 1053 generic=True,
1051 1054 )
1052 1055 coreconfigitem('trusted', 'groups',
1053 1056 default=list,
1054 1057 )
1055 1058 coreconfigitem('trusted', 'users',
1056 1059 default=list,
1057 1060 )
1058 1061 coreconfigitem('ui', '_usedassubrepo',
1059 1062 default=False,
1060 1063 )
1061 1064 coreconfigitem('ui', 'allowemptycommit',
1062 1065 default=False,
1063 1066 )
1064 1067 coreconfigitem('ui', 'archivemeta',
1065 1068 default=True,
1066 1069 )
1067 1070 coreconfigitem('ui', 'askusername',
1068 1071 default=False,
1069 1072 )
1070 1073 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundlefallback',
1071 1074 default=False,
1072 1075 )
1073 1076 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundleprefers',
1074 1077 default=list,
1075 1078 )
1076 1079 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundles',
1077 1080 default=True,
1078 1081 )
1079 1082 coreconfigitem('ui', 'color',
1080 1083 default='auto',
1081 1084 )
1082 1085 coreconfigitem('ui', 'commitsubrepos',
1083 1086 default=False,
1084 1087 )
1085 1088 coreconfigitem('ui', 'debug',
1086 1089 default=False,
1087 1090 )
1088 1091 coreconfigitem('ui', 'debugger',
1089 1092 default=None,
1090 1093 )
1091 1094 coreconfigitem('ui', 'editor',
1092 1095 default=dynamicdefault,
1093 1096 )
1094 1097 coreconfigitem('ui', 'fallbackencoding',
1095 1098 default=None,
1096 1099 )
1097 1100 coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcecwd',
1098 1101 default=None,
1099 1102 )
1100 1103 coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcemerge',
1101 1104 default=None,
1102 1105 )
1103 1106 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatdebug',
1104 1107 default=False,
1105 1108 )
1106 1109 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatjson',
1107 1110 default=False,
1108 1111 )
1109 1112 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatted',
1110 1113 default=None,
1111 1114 )
1112 1115 coreconfigitem('ui', 'graphnodetemplate',
1113 1116 default=None,
1114 1117 )
1115 1118 coreconfigitem('ui', 'history-editing-backup',
1116 1119 default=True,
1117 1120 )
1118 1121 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interactive',
1119 1122 default=None,
1120 1123 )
1121 1124 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface',
1122 1125 default=None,
1123 1126 )
1124 1127 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface.chunkselector',
1125 1128 default=None,
1126 1129 )
1127 1130 coreconfigitem('ui', 'large-file-limit',
1128 1131 default=10000000,
1129 1132 )
1130 1133 coreconfigitem('ui', 'logblockedtimes',
1131 1134 default=False,
1132 1135 )
1133 1136 coreconfigitem('ui', 'logtemplate',
1134 1137 default=None,
1135 1138 )
1136 1139 coreconfigitem('ui', 'merge',
1137 1140 default=None,
1138 1141 )
1139 1142 coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkers',
1140 1143 default='basic',
1141 1144 )
1142 1145 coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkertemplate',
1143 1146 default=('{node|short} '
1144 1147 '{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
1145 1148 'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
1146 1149 '{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
1147 1150 '{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
1148 1151 '- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}')
1149 1152 )
1150 1153 coreconfigitem('ui', 'nontty',
1151 1154 default=False,
1152 1155 )
1153 1156 coreconfigitem('ui', 'origbackuppath',
1154 1157 default=None,
1155 1158 )
1156 1159 coreconfigitem('ui', 'paginate',
1157 1160 default=True,
1158 1161 )
1159 1162 coreconfigitem('ui', 'patch',
1160 1163 default=None,
1161 1164 )
1162 1165 coreconfigitem('ui', 'portablefilenames',
1163 1166 default='warn',
1164 1167 )
1165 1168 coreconfigitem('ui', 'promptecho',
1166 1169 default=False,
1167 1170 )
1168 1171 coreconfigitem('ui', 'quiet',
1169 1172 default=False,
1170 1173 )
1171 1174 coreconfigitem('ui', 'quietbookmarkmove',
1172 1175 default=False,
1173 1176 )
1174 1177 coreconfigitem('ui', 'remotecmd',
1175 1178 default='hg',
1176 1179 )
1177 1180 coreconfigitem('ui', 'report_untrusted',
1178 1181 default=True,
1179 1182 )
1180 1183 coreconfigitem('ui', 'rollback',
1181 1184 default=True,
1182 1185 )
1183 1186 coreconfigitem('ui', 'signal-safe-lock',
1184 1187 default=True,
1185 1188 )
1186 1189 coreconfigitem('ui', 'slash',
1187 1190 default=False,
1188 1191 )
1189 1192 coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssh',
1190 1193 default='ssh',
1191 1194 )
1192 1195 coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssherrorhint',
1193 1196 default=None,
1194 1197 )
1195 1198 coreconfigitem('ui', 'statuscopies',
1196 1199 default=False,
1197 1200 )
1198 1201 coreconfigitem('ui', 'strict',
1199 1202 default=False,
1200 1203 )
1201 1204 coreconfigitem('ui', 'style',
1202 1205 default='',
1203 1206 )
1204 1207 coreconfigitem('ui', 'supportcontact',
1205 1208 default=None,
1206 1209 )
1207 1210 coreconfigitem('ui', 'textwidth',
1208 1211 default=78,
1209 1212 )
1210 1213 coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout',
1211 1214 default='600',
1212 1215 )
1213 1216 coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout.warn',
1214 1217 default=0,
1215 1218 )
1216 1219 coreconfigitem('ui', 'traceback',
1217 1220 default=False,
1218 1221 )
1219 1222 coreconfigitem('ui', 'tweakdefaults',
1220 1223 default=False,
1221 1224 )
1222 1225 coreconfigitem('ui', 'username',
1223 1226 alias=[('ui', 'user')]
1224 1227 )
1225 1228 coreconfigitem('ui', 'verbose',
1226 1229 default=False,
1227 1230 )
1228 1231 coreconfigitem('verify', 'skipflags',
1229 1232 default=None,
1230 1233 )
1231 1234 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowbz2',
1232 1235 default=False,
1233 1236 )
1234 1237 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowgz',
1235 1238 default=False,
1236 1239 )
1237 1240 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-pull',
1238 1241 alias=[('web', 'allowpull')],
1239 1242 default=True,
1240 1243 )
1241 1244 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-push',
1242 1245 alias=[('web', 'allow_push')],
1243 1246 default=list,
1244 1247 )
1245 1248 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowzip',
1246 1249 default=False,
1247 1250 )
1248 1251 coreconfigitem('web', 'archivesubrepos',
1249 1252 default=False,
1250 1253 )
1251 1254 coreconfigitem('web', 'cache',
1252 1255 default=True,
1253 1256 )
1254 1257 coreconfigitem('web', 'contact',
1255 1258 default=None,
1256 1259 )
1257 1260 coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_push',
1258 1261 default=list,
1259 1262 )
1260 1263 coreconfigitem('web', 'guessmime',
1261 1264 default=False,
1262 1265 )
1263 1266 coreconfigitem('web', 'hidden',
1264 1267 default=False,
1265 1268 )
1266 1269 coreconfigitem('web', 'labels',
1267 1270 default=list,
1268 1271 )
1269 1272 coreconfigitem('web', 'logoimg',
1270 1273 default='hglogo.png',
1271 1274 )
1272 1275 coreconfigitem('web', 'logourl',
1273 1276 default='https://mercurial-scm.org/',
1274 1277 )
1275 1278 coreconfigitem('web', 'accesslog',
1276 1279 default='-',
1277 1280 )
1278 1281 coreconfigitem('web', 'address',
1279 1282 default='',
1280 1283 )
1281 1284 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-archive',
1282 1285 alias=[('web', 'allow_archive')],
1283 1286 default=list,
1284 1287 )
1285 1288 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow_read',
1286 1289 default=list,
1287 1290 )
1288 1291 coreconfigitem('web', 'baseurl',
1289 1292 default=None,
1290 1293 )
1291 1294 coreconfigitem('web', 'cacerts',
1292 1295 default=None,
1293 1296 )
1294 1297 coreconfigitem('web', 'certificate',
1295 1298 default=None,
1296 1299 )
1297 1300 coreconfigitem('web', 'collapse',
1298 1301 default=False,
1299 1302 )
1300 1303 coreconfigitem('web', 'csp',
1301 1304 default=None,
1302 1305 )
1303 1306 coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_read',
1304 1307 default=list,
1305 1308 )
1306 1309 coreconfigitem('web', 'descend',
1307 1310 default=True,
1308 1311 )
1309 1312 coreconfigitem('web', 'description',
1310 1313 default="",
1311 1314 )
1312 1315 coreconfigitem('web', 'encoding',
1313 1316 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
1314 1317 )
1315 1318 coreconfigitem('web', 'errorlog',
1316 1319 default='-',
1317 1320 )
1318 1321 coreconfigitem('web', 'ipv6',
1319 1322 default=False,
1320 1323 )
1321 1324 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxchanges',
1322 1325 default=10,
1323 1326 )
1324 1327 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxfiles',
1325 1328 default=10,
1326 1329 )
1327 1330 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxshortchanges',
1328 1331 default=60,
1329 1332 )
1330 1333 coreconfigitem('web', 'motd',
1331 1334 default='',
1332 1335 )
1333 1336 coreconfigitem('web', 'name',
1334 1337 default=dynamicdefault,
1335 1338 )
1336 1339 coreconfigitem('web', 'port',
1337 1340 default=8000,
1338 1341 )
1339 1342 coreconfigitem('web', 'prefix',
1340 1343 default='',
1341 1344 )
1342 1345 coreconfigitem('web', 'push_ssl',
1343 1346 default=True,
1344 1347 )
1345 1348 coreconfigitem('web', 'refreshinterval',
1346 1349 default=20,
1347 1350 )
1348 1351 coreconfigitem('web', 'server-header',
1349 1352 default=None,
1350 1353 )
1351 1354 coreconfigitem('web', 'staticurl',
1352 1355 default=None,
1353 1356 )
1354 1357 coreconfigitem('web', 'stripes',
1355 1358 default=1,
1356 1359 )
1357 1360 coreconfigitem('web', 'style',
1358 1361 default='paper',
1359 1362 )
1360 1363 coreconfigitem('web', 'templates',
1361 1364 default=None,
1362 1365 )
1363 1366 coreconfigitem('web', 'view',
1364 1367 default='served',
1365 1368 )
1366 1369 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclose',
1367 1370 default=dynamicdefault,
1368 1371 )
1369 1372 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
1370 1373 # should give us enough headway.
1371 1374 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
1372 1375 default=384,
1373 1376 )
1374 1377 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
1375 1378 default=2048,
1376 1379 )
1377 1380 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosethreadcount',
1378 1381 default=4,
1379 1382 )
1380 1383 coreconfigitem('worker', 'enabled',
1381 1384 default=True,
1382 1385 )
1383 1386 coreconfigitem('worker', 'numcpus',
1384 1387 default=None,
1385 1388 )
1386 1389
1387 1390 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
1388 1391 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
1389 1392 # without formally loading it.
1390 1393 coreconfigitem('commands', 'rebase.requiredest',
1391 1394 default=False,
1392 1395 )
1393 1396 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'rebaseskipobsolete',
1394 1397 default=True,
1395 1398 )
1396 1399 coreconfigitem('rebase', 'singletransaction',
1397 1400 default=False,
1398 1401 )
1399 1402 coreconfigitem('rebase', 'experimental.inmemory',
1400 1403 default=False,
1401 1404 )
@@ -1,2710 +1,2715 b''
1 1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 2 aspects of its behavior.
3 3
4 4 Troubleshooting
5 5 ===============
6 6
7 7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
9 9 a setting into your environment.
10 10
11 11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 12 for information about how and where to override things.
13 13
14 14 Structure
15 15 =========
16 16
17 17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20 20
21 21 [ui]
22 22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 23 verbose = True
24 24
25 25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27 27
28 28 Files
29 29 =====
30 30
31 31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34 34
35 35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36 36
37 37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38 38
39 39 .. container:: windows
40 40
41 41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42 42
43 43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44 44
45 45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46 46
47 47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 51 ones.
52 52
53 53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54 54
55 55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56 56
57 57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
58 58 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
59 59 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
60 60 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
61 61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
62 62 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
63 63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
64 64 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
65 65
66 66 .. container:: verbose.windows
67 67
68 68 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
69 69
70 70 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
71 71 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
72 72 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
73 73 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
74 74 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
75 75 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation)
76 76 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
77 77 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
78 78 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
79 79
80 80 .. note::
81 81
82 82 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
83 83 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
84 84
85 85 .. container:: windows
86 86
87 87 On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``.
88 88
89 89 .. container:: verbose.plan9
90 90
91 91 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
92 92
93 93 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
94 94 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
95 95 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
96 96 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
97 97 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
98 98 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
99 99 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
100 100
101 101 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
102 102 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
103 103 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
104 104 this file override options in all other configuration files.
105 105
106 106 .. container:: unix.plan9
107 107
108 108 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
109 109 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
110 110 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
111 111
112 112 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
113 113 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
114 114 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
115 115 options.
116 116
117 117 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
118 118 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
119 119 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
120 120
121 121 .. container:: unix.plan9
122 122
123 123 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
124 124 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
125 125 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
126 126 directory.
127 127
128 128 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
129 129 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
130 130 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
131 131 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
132 132 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
133 133 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
134 134 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
135 135
136 136 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
137 137 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
138 138 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
139 139 override per-installation options.
140 140
141 141 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
142 142 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
143 143 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
144 144 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
145 145 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
146 146 there.
147 147
148 148 Syntax
149 149 ======
150 150
151 151 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
152 152 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
153 153 ``configuration keys``)::
154 154
155 155 [spam]
156 156 eggs=ham
157 157 green=
158 158 eggs
159 159
160 160 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
161 161 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
162 162 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
163 163 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
164 164
165 165 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
166 166 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
167 167
168 168 [spam]
169 169 eggs=large
170 170 ham=serrano
171 171 eggs=small
172 172
173 173 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
174 174
175 175 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
176 176 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
177 177 example::
178 178
179 179 [foo]
180 180 eggs=large
181 181 ham=serrano
182 182 eggs=small
183 183
184 184 [bar]
185 185 eggs=ham
186 186 green=
187 187 eggs
188 188
189 189 [foo]
190 190 ham=prosciutto
191 191 eggs=medium
192 192 bread=toasted
193 193
194 194 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
195 195 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
196 196 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
197 197 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
198 198
199 199 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
200 200 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
201 201 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
202 202 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
203 203 above.
204 204
205 205 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
206 206 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
207 207 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
208 208 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
209 209 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
210 210 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
211 211
212 212 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
213 213
214 214 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
215 215
216 216 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
217 217 section, if it has been set previously.
218 218
219 219 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
220 220 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
221 221 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
222 222 (all case insensitive).
223 223
224 224 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
225 225 placed in double quotation marks::
226 226
227 227 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
228 228
229 229 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
230 230 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
231 231 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
232 232
233 233 Sections
234 234 ========
235 235
236 236 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
237 237 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
238 238 keys, and their possible values.
239 239
240 240 ``alias``
241 241 ---------
242 242
243 243 Defines command aliases.
244 244
245 245 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
246 246 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
247 247 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
248 248 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
249 249 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
250 250 command to be executed.
251 251
252 252 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
253 253
254 254 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
255 255
256 256 For example, this definition::
257 257
258 258 latest = log --limit 5
259 259
260 260 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
261 261 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
262 262
263 263 stable5 = latest -b stable
264 264
265 265 .. note::
266 266
267 267 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
268 268 existing commands, which will then override the original
269 269 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
270 270
271 271 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
272 272 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
273 273 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
274 274
275 275 echo = !echo $@
276 276
277 277 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
278 278 terminal. A better example might be::
279 279
280 280 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
281 281
282 282 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
283 283 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
284 284
285 285 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
286 286 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
287 287 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
288 288 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
289 289 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
290 290 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
291 291
292 292 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
293 293 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
294 294 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
295 295 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
296 296 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
297 297 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
298 298
299 299 .. note::
300 300
301 301 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
302 302 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
303 303 aliases.
304 304
305 305
306 306 ``annotate``
307 307 ------------
308 308
309 309 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
310 310 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
311 311 related options for the diff command.
312 312
313 313 ``ignorews``
314 314 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
315 315
316 316 ``ignorewseol``
317 317 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
318 318
319 319 ``ignorewsamount``
320 320 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
321 321
322 322 ``ignoreblanklines``
323 323 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
324 324
325 325
326 326 ``auth``
327 327 --------
328 328
329 329 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
330 330 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
331 331 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
332 332 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
333 333 your HTTP server.
334 334
335 335 The following options apply to all hosts.
336 336
337 337 ``cookiefile``
338 338 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
339 339 host will be sent automatically.
340 340
341 341 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
342 342 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
343 343 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
344 344 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
345 345 format."
346 346
347 347 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
348 348 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
349 349 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
350 350
351 351 The cookies file is read-only.
352 352
353 353 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
354 354 format::
355 355
356 356 <name>.<argument> = <value>
357 357
358 358 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
359 359 entries. Example::
360 360
361 361 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
362 362 foo.username = foo
363 363 foo.password = bar
364 364 foo.schemes = http https
365 365
366 366 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
367 367 bar.key = path/to/file.key
368 368 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
369 369 bar.schemes = https
370 370
371 371 Supported arguments:
372 372
373 373 ``prefix``
374 374 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
375 375 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
376 376 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
377 377 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
378 378 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
379 379 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
380 380
381 381 ``username``
382 382 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
383 383 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
384 384 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
385 385 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
386 386 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
387 387 username or without a username will be considered.
388 388
389 389 ``password``
390 390 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
391 391 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
392 392 will be prompted for it.
393 393
394 394 ``key``
395 395 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
396 396 variables are expanded in the filename.
397 397
398 398 ``cert``
399 399 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
400 400 variables are expanded in the filename.
401 401
402 402 ``schemes``
403 403 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
404 404 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
405 405 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
406 406 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
407 407 (default: https)
408 408
409 409 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
410 410 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
411 411
412 412 ``color``
413 413 ---------
414 414
415 415 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
416 416 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
417 417
418 418 ``mode``
419 419 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
420 420 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
421 421 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
422 422 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
423 423
424 424 ``pagermode``
425 425 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
426 426
427 427 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
428 428 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
429 429 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
430 430 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
431 431 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
432 432 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
433 433 codes).
434 434
435 435 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
436 436 a different color mode than the pager program.
437 437
438 438 ``commands``
439 439 ------------
440 440
441 441 ``resolve.confirm``
442 442 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
443 443 (default: False)
444 444
445 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
446 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
447 instead of re-merging files by default.
448 (default: False)
449
445 450 ``resolve.mark-check``
446 451 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
447 452 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
448 453 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
449 454 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
450 455 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
451 456 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
452 457 shown (an error will not be raised).
453 458 (default: ``none``)
454 459
455 460 ``status.relative``
456 461 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
457 462 (default: False)
458 463
459 464 ``status.terse``
460 465 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenes status output.
461 466 (default: empty)
462 467
463 468 ``update.check``
464 469 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
465 470 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
466 471 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
467 472 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
468 473 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
469 474 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
470 475 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
471 476 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
472 477 are present.
473 478 (default: ``linear``)
474 479
475 480 ``update.requiredest``
476 481 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
477 482 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
478 483 will be disallowed.
479 484 (default: False)
480 485
481 486 ``committemplate``
482 487 ------------------
483 488
484 489 ``changeset``
485 490 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
486 491 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
487 492
488 493 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
489 494 below can be used for customization:
490 495
491 496 ``extramsg``
492 497 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
493 498 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
494 499
495 500 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
496 501 one shown by default::
497 502
498 503 [committemplate]
499 504 changeset = {desc}\n\n
500 505 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
501 506 HG: {extramsg}
502 507 HG: --
503 508 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
504 509 "HG: branch merge\n")
505 510 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
506 511 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
507 512 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
508 513 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
509 514 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
510 515 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
511 516 "HG: no files changed\n")}
512 517
513 518 ``diff()``
514 519 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
515 520
516 521 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
517 522 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
518 523 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
519 524 it::
520 525
521 526 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
522 527
523 528 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
524 529 extra message::
525 530
526 531 [committemplate]
527 532 changeset = {desc}\n\n
528 533 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
529 534 HG: {extramsg}
530 535 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
531 536 HG: Do not touch the line above.
532 537 HG: Everything below will be removed.
533 538 {diff()}
534 539
535 540 .. note::
536 541
537 542 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
538 543 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
539 544 avoid showing broken characters.
540 545
541 546 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
542 547 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
543 548 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
544 549 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
545 550
546 551 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
547 552 required):
548 553
549 554 - :hg:`backout`
550 555 - :hg:`commit`
551 556 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
552 557 - :hg:`graft`
553 558 - :hg:`histedit`
554 559 - :hg:`import`
555 560 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
556 561 - :hg:`rebase`
557 562 - :hg:`shelve`
558 563 - :hg:`sign`
559 564 - :hg:`tag`
560 565 - :hg:`transplant`
561 566
562 567 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
563 568 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
564 569 messages for each action.
565 570
566 571 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
567 572 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
568 573 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
569 574 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
570 575 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
571 576 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
572 577 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
573 578 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
574 579 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
575 580 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
576 581 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
577 582 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
578 583 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
579 584 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
580 585 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
581 586 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
582 587 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
583 588 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
584 589 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
585 590 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
586 591 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
587 592 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
588 593 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
589 594 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
590 595 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
591 596 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
592 597
593 598 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
594 599 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
595 600 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
596 601 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
597 602
598 603 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
599 604 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
600 605 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
601 606 variable.
602 607
603 608 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
604 609 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
605 610 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
606 611
607 612 [committemplate]
608 613 listupfiles = {file_adds %
609 614 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
610 615 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
611 616 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
612 617 "HG: no files changed\n")}
613 618
614 619 ``decode/encode``
615 620 -----------------
616 621
617 622 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
618 623 typically be used for newline processing or other
619 624 localization/canonicalization of files.
620 625
621 626 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
622 627 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
623 628 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
624 629 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
625 630 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
626 631 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
627 632
628 633 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
629 634 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
630 635
631 636 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
632 637 data on stdout.
633 638
634 639 Pipe example::
635 640
636 641 [encode]
637 642 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
638 643 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
639 644 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
640 645
641 646 [decode]
642 647 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
643 648 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
644 649 *.gz = gzip
645 650
646 651 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
647 652 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
648 653 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
649 654 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
650 655 the command.
651 656
652 657 .. container:: windows
653 658
654 659 .. note::
655 660
656 661 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
657 662 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
658 663 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
659 664
660 665 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
661 666 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
662 667 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
663 668
664 669
665 670 ``defaults``
666 671 ------------
667 672
668 673 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
669 674
670 675 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
671 676 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
672 677
673 678 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
674 679 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
675 680
676 681 [defaults]
677 682 log = -v
678 683 status = -m
679 684
680 685 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
681 686 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
682 687 to the aliases of the commands defined.
683 688
684 689
685 690 ``diff``
686 691 --------
687 692
688 693 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
689 694 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
690 695 for related options for the annotate command.
691 696
692 697 ``git``
693 698 Use git extended diff format.
694 699
695 700 ``nobinary``
696 701 Omit git binary patches.
697 702
698 703 ``nodates``
699 704 Don't include dates in diff headers.
700 705
701 706 ``noprefix``
702 707 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
703 708
704 709 ``showfunc``
705 710 Show which function each change is in.
706 711
707 712 ``ignorews``
708 713 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
709 714
710 715 ``ignorewsamount``
711 716 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
712 717
713 718 ``ignoreblanklines``
714 719 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
715 720
716 721 ``unified``
717 722 Number of lines of context to show.
718 723
719 724 ``word-diff``
720 725 Highlight changed words.
721 726
722 727 ``email``
723 728 ---------
724 729
725 730 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
726 731
727 732 ``from``
728 733 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
729 734 of outgoing messages.
730 735
731 736 ``to``
732 737 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
733 738
734 739 ``cc``
735 740 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
736 741 email addresses.
737 742
738 743 ``bcc``
739 744 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
740 745 email addresses.
741 746
742 747 ``method``
743 748 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
744 749 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
745 750 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
746 751 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
747 752 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
748 753 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
749 754
750 755 ``charsets``
751 756 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
752 757 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
753 758 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
754 759 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
755 760 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
756 761 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
757 762 (default: '')
758 763
759 764 Order of outgoing email character sets:
760 765
761 766 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
762 767 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
763 768 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
764 769 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
765 770 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
766 771
767 772 Email example::
768 773
769 774 [email]
770 775 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
771 776 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
772 777 # charsets for western Europeans
773 778 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
774 779 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
775 780
776 781
777 782 ``extensions``
778 783 --------------
779 784
780 785 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
781 786 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
782 787
783 788 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
784 789 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
785 790 after the ``=``.
786 791
787 792 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
788 793 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
789 794 defines the extension.
790 795
791 796 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
792 797 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
793 798 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
794 799
795 800 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
796 801
797 802 [extensions]
798 803 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
799 804 churn =
800 805 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
801 806 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
802 807
803 808
804 809 ``format``
805 810 ----------
806 811
807 812 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
808 813 powerful but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
809 814 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
810 815 for config change to be taken into account.
811 816
812 817 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
813 818 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
814 819
815 820 ``usegeneraldelta``
816 821 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
817 822 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary
818 823 revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant
819 824 improvement for repositories with branches.
820 825
821 826 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
822 827
823 828 Enabled by default.
824 829
825 830 ``dotencode``
826 831 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
827 832 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
828 833 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on
829 834 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
830 835
831 836 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
832 837
833 838 Enabled by default.
834 839
835 840 ``usefncache``
836 841 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
837 842 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
838 843 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
839 844 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
840 845
841 846 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
842 847
843 848 Enabled by default.
844 849
845 850 ``usestore``
846 851 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
847 852 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
848 853 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
849 854 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
850 855
851 856 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
852 857
853 858 Enabled by default.
854 859
855 860 ``graph``
856 861 ---------
857 862
858 863 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
859 864 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
860 865 ``default`` branch stand out.
861 866
862 867 Each line has the following format::
863 868
864 869 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
865 870
866 871 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
867 872 customized. Example::
868 873
869 874 [graph]
870 875 # 2px width
871 876 default.width = 2
872 877 # red color
873 878 default.color = FF0000
874 879
875 880 Supported arguments:
876 881
877 882 ``width``
878 883 Set branch edges width in pixels.
879 884
880 885 ``color``
881 886 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
882 887
883 888 ``hooks``
884 889 ---------
885 890
886 891 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
887 892 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
888 893 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
889 894 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
890 895 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
891 896 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
892 897 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
893 898
894 899 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
895 900
896 901 [hooks]
897 902 # update working directory after adding changesets
898 903 changegroup.update = hg update
899 904 # do not use the site-wide hook
900 905 incoming =
901 906 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
902 907 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
903 908 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
904 909 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
905 910
906 911 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
907 912 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
908 913 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
909 914 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
910 915 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
911 916 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
912 917 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
913 918
914 919 .. container:: windows
915 920
916 921 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
917 922 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
918 923 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
919 924 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
920 925 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
921 926 double quotes after processing.
922 927
923 928 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
924 929 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
925 930
926 931 [hooks]
927 932 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
928 933 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
929 934 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
930 935
931 936 ``changegroup``
932 937 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
933 938 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
934 939 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
935 940
936 941 ``commit``
937 942 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
938 943 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
939 944 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
940 945
941 946 ``incoming``
942 947 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
943 948 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
944 949 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
945 950
946 951 ``outgoing``
947 952 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
948 953 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
949 954 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
950 955
951 956 ``post-<command>``
952 957 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
953 958 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
954 959 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
955 960 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
956 961 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
957 962 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
958 963 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
959 964
960 965 ``fail-<command>``
961 966 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
962 967 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
963 968 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
964 969 string representations of the python data internally passed to
965 970 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
966 971 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
967 972 Hook failure is ignored.
968 973
969 974 ``pre-<command>``
970 975 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
971 976 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
972 977 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
973 978 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
974 979 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
975 980 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
976 981 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
977 982 code.
978 983
979 984 ``prechangegroup``
980 985 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
981 986 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
982 987 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
983 988 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
984 989
985 990 ``precommit``
986 991 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
987 992 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
988 993 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
989 994
990 995 ``prelistkeys``
991 996 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
992 997 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
993 998 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
994 999
995 1000 ``preoutgoing``
996 1001 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
997 1002 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
998 1003 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
999 1004 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1000 1005 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1001 1006 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1002 1007 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1003 1008 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1004 1009
1005 1010 ``prepushkey``
1006 1011 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1007 1012 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1008 1013 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1009 1014 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1010 1015 ``$HG_NEW``.
1011 1016
1012 1017 ``pretag``
1013 1018 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1014 1019 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1015 1020 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1016 1021 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1017 1022
1018 1023 ``pretxnopen``
1019 1024 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1020 1025 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1021 1026 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1022 1027 transaction from being opened.
1023 1028
1024 1029 ``pretxnclose``
1025 1030 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1026 1031 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1027 1032 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1028 1033 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1029 1034 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1030 1035 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1031 1036 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
1032 1037 (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
1033 1038 added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and
1034 1039 phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
1035 1040 respectively, etc.
1036 1041
1037 1042 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1038 1043 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1039 1044 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1040 1045 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1041 1046 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1042 1047 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1043 1048 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1044 1049 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1045 1050 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1046 1051 will be empty.
1047 1052 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1048 1053 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1049 1054 ``HG_TXNID``.
1050 1055
1051 1056 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1052 1057 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1053 1058 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1054 1059 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1055 1060 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1056 1061 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1057 1062 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1058 1063 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1059 1064 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1060 1065 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1061 1066 ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1062 1067 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1063 1068
1064 1069 ``txnclose``
1065 1070 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1066 1071 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1067 1072 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1068 1073 details about available variables.
1069 1074
1070 1075 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1071 1076 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1072 1077 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1073 1078 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1074 1079 about available variables.
1075 1080
1076 1081 ``txnclose-phase``
1077 1082 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1078 1083 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1079 1084 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1080 1085 available variables.
1081 1086
1082 1087 ``txnabort``
1083 1088 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1084 1089 for details about available variables.
1085 1090
1086 1091 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1087 1092 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1088 1093 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1089 1094 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1090 1095 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1091 1096 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1092 1097 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1093 1098 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1094 1099
1095 1100 ``pretxncommit``
1096 1101 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1097 1102 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1098 1103 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1099 1104 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1100 1105 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1101 1106 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1102 1107
1103 1108 ``preupdate``
1104 1109 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1105 1110 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1106 1111 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1107 1112 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1108 1113
1109 1114 ``listkeys``
1110 1115 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1111 1116 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1112 1117 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1113 1118
1114 1119 ``pushkey``
1115 1120 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1116 1121 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1117 1122 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1118 1123 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1119 1124
1120 1125 ``tag``
1121 1126 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1122 1127 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1123 1128 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1124 1129
1125 1130 ``update``
1126 1131 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1127 1132 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1128 1133 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1129 1134 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1130 1135
1131 1136 .. note::
1132 1137
1133 1138 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1134 1139 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1135 1140 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1136 1141 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1137 1142 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1138 1143
1139 1144 .. note::
1140 1145
1141 1146 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1142 1147 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1143 1148 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1144 1149 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1145 1150
1146 1151 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1147 1152
1148 1153 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1149 1154 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1150 1155
1151 1156 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1152 1157 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1153 1158 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1154 1159 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1155 1160 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1156 1161 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1157 1162
1158 1163 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1159 1164 is treated as a failure.
1160 1165
1161 1166
1162 1167 ``hostfingerprints``
1163 1168 --------------------
1164 1169
1165 1170 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1166 1171
1167 1172 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1168 1173
1169 1174 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1170 1175 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1171 1176 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1172 1177
1173 1178 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1174 1179 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1175 1180 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1176 1181 to a new certificate.
1177 1182
1178 1183 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1179 1184
1180 1185 For example::
1181 1186
1182 1187 [hostfingerprints]
1183 1188 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1184 1189 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1185 1190
1186 1191 ``hostsecurity``
1187 1192 ----------------
1188 1193
1189 1194 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1190 1195 other machines.
1191 1196
1192 1197 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1193 1198
1194 1199 ``ciphers``
1195 1200 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1196 1201
1197 1202 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1198 1203 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1199 1204
1200 1205 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1201 1206 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1202 1207 You have been warned.
1203 1208
1204 1209 This option requires Python 2.7.
1205 1210
1206 1211 ``minimumprotocol``
1207 1212 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1208 1213
1209 1214 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1210 1215 is used.
1211 1216
1212 1217 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1213 1218
1214 1219 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1215 1220 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1216 1221
1217 1222 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1218 1223 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1219 1224 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1220 1225 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1221 1226
1222 1227 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1223 1228 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1224 1229 per-host basis.
1225 1230
1226 1231 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1227 1232
1228 1233 ``ciphers``
1229 1234 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1230 1235 to the host on which it is defined.
1231 1236
1232 1237 ``fingerprints``
1233 1238 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1234 1239 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1235 1240 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1236 1241 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1237 1242
1238 1243 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1239 1244 ``sha512``.
1240 1245
1241 1246 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1242 1247
1243 1248 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1244 1249 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1245 1250 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1246 1251 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1247 1252 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1248 1253 at the expense of convenience.
1249 1254
1250 1255 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1251 1256
1252 1257 ``minimumprotocol``
1253 1258 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1254 1259 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1255 1260
1256 1261 ``verifycertsfile``
1257 1262 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1258 1263 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1259 1264 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1260 1265
1261 1266 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1262 1267 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1263 1268 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1264 1269
1265 1270 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1266 1271 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1267 1272 used.
1268 1273
1269 1274 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1270 1275 is set.
1271 1276
1272 1277 The format of the file is as follows::
1273 1278
1274 1279 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1275 1280 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1276 1281 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1277 1282 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1278 1283 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1279 1284 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1280 1285
1281 1286 For example::
1282 1287
1283 1288 [hostsecurity]
1284 1289 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1285 1290 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1286 1291 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1287 1292 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1288 1293
1289 1294 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1290 1295 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1291 1296
1292 1297 [hostsecurity]
1293 1298 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1294 1299 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1295 1300
1296 1301 ``http_proxy``
1297 1302 --------------
1298 1303
1299 1304 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1300 1305 proxy.
1301 1306
1302 1307 ``host``
1303 1308 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1304 1309 "myproxy:8000".
1305 1310
1306 1311 ``no``
1307 1312 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1308 1313 the proxy.
1309 1314
1310 1315 ``passwd``
1311 1316 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1312 1317
1313 1318 ``user``
1314 1319 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1315 1320
1316 1321 ``always``
1317 1322 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1318 1323 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1319 1324
1320 1325 ``merge``
1321 1326 ---------
1322 1327
1323 1328 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1324 1329
1325 1330 ``checkignored``
1326 1331 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1327 1332 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1328 1333 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1329 1334 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1330 1335 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1331 1336 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1332 1337
1333 1338 ``checkunknown``
1334 1339 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1335 1340 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1336 1341 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1337 1342 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1338 1343
1339 1344 ``on-failure``
1340 1345 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1341 1346 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1342 1347 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1343 1348 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1344 1349 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1345 1350 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1346 1351 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1347 1352 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1348 1353 (default: ``continue``)
1349 1354
1350 1355 ``strict-capability-check``
1351 1356 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1352 1357 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1353 1358 (default: False)
1354 1359
1355 1360 ``merge-patterns``
1356 1361 ------------------
1357 1362
1358 1363 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1359 1364 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1360 1365 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1361 1366 root.
1362 1367
1363 1368 Example::
1364 1369
1365 1370 [merge-patterns]
1366 1371 **.c = kdiff3
1367 1372 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1368 1373
1369 1374 ``merge-tools``
1370 1375 ---------------
1371 1376
1372 1377 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1373 1378 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1374 1379 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1375 1380 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1376 1381
1377 1382 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1378 1383
1379 1384 [merge-tools]
1380 1385 # Override stock tool location
1381 1386 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1382 1387 # Specify command line
1383 1388 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1384 1389 # Give higher priority
1385 1390 kdiff3.priority = 1
1386 1391
1387 1392 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1388 1393 meld.priority = 0
1389 1394
1390 1395 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1391 1396 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1392 1397
1393 1398 # Define new tool
1394 1399 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1395 1400 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1396 1401 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1397 1402
1398 1403 Supported arguments:
1399 1404
1400 1405 ``priority``
1401 1406 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1402 1407 (default: 0)
1403 1408
1404 1409 ``executable``
1405 1410 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1406 1411
1407 1412 .. container:: windows
1408 1413
1409 1414 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1410 1415 syntax.
1411 1416
1412 1417 (default: the tool name)
1413 1418
1414 1419 ``args``
1415 1420 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1416 1421 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1417 1422 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1418 1423
1419 1424 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1420 1425 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1421 1426 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1422 1427 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1423 1428 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1424 1429
1425 1430 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1426 1431 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1427 1432 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1428 1433 respectively.
1429 1434 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1430 1435
1431 1436 ``premerge``
1432 1437 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1433 1438 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
1434 1439 ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
1435 1440 premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
1436 1441 about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
1437 1442 :hg:`help merge-tools`).
1438 1443 (default: True)
1439 1444
1440 1445 ``binary``
1441 1446 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1442 1447 was selected by file pattern match)
1443 1448
1444 1449 ``symlink``
1445 1450 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1446 1451
1447 1452 ``check``
1448 1453 A list of merge success-checking options:
1449 1454
1450 1455 ``changed``
1451 1456 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1452 1457 ``conflicts``
1453 1458 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1454 1459 ``prompt``
1455 1460 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1456 1461
1457 1462 ``fixeol``
1458 1463 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1459 1464 (default: False)
1460 1465
1461 1466 ``gui``
1462 1467 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1463 1468
1464 1469 ``mergemarkers``
1465 1470 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1466 1471 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1467 1472 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1468 1473 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1469 1474 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1470 1475 (default: ``basic``)
1471 1476
1472 1477 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1473 1478 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarkertemplate`` from the ``[ui]``
1474 1479 section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the ``$label``-prefixed variables
1475 1480 and to the conflict markers that are generated if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or
1476 1481 ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable in ``[ui]`` for more
1477 1482 information.
1478 1483
1479 1484 .. container:: windows
1480 1485
1481 1486 ``regkey``
1482 1487 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1483 1488 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1484 1489 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1485 1490 (default: None)
1486 1491
1487 1492 ``regkeyalt``
1488 1493 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1489 1494 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1490 1495 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1491 1496 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1492 1497 (default: None)
1493 1498
1494 1499 ``regname``
1495 1500 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1496 1501 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1497 1502
1498 1503 ``regappend``
1499 1504 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1500 1505 the executable name of the tool.
1501 1506 (default: None)
1502 1507
1503 1508 ``pager``
1504 1509 ---------
1505 1510
1506 1511 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1507 1512 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1508 1513
1509 1514 ``pager``
1510 1515 Define the external tool used as pager.
1511 1516
1512 1517 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1513 1518 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1514 1519 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1515 1520
1516 1521 [pager]
1517 1522 pager = less -FRX
1518 1523
1519 1524 ``ignore``
1520 1525 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1521 1526
1522 1527 [pager]
1523 1528 ignore = version, help, update
1524 1529
1525 1530 ``patch``
1526 1531 ---------
1527 1532
1528 1533 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1529 1534 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1530 1535
1531 1536 ``eol``
1532 1537 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1533 1538 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1534 1539 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1535 1540 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1536 1541 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1537 1542 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1538 1543 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1539 1544 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1540 1545 (default: strict)
1541 1546
1542 1547 ``fuzz``
1543 1548 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1544 1549 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1545 1550 trying to apply a patch.
1546 1551 (default: 2)
1547 1552
1548 1553 ``paths``
1549 1554 ---------
1550 1555
1551 1556 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1552 1557
1553 1558 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1554 1559 location of the repository. Example::
1555 1560
1556 1561 [paths]
1557 1562 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1558 1563 local_path = /home/me/repo
1559 1564
1560 1565 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1561 1566 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1562 1567 :hg:`push local_path`.
1563 1568
1564 1569 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1565 1570 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1566 1571
1567 1572 [paths]
1568 1573 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1569 1574 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1570 1575
1571 1576 The following sub-options can be defined:
1572 1577
1573 1578 ``pushurl``
1574 1579 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1575 1580 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1576 1581
1577 1582 ``pushrev``
1578 1583 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1579 1584
1580 1585 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1581 1586 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1582 1587
1583 1588 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1584 1589 revision by default.
1585 1590
1586 1591 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1587 1592 pushed.
1588 1593
1589 1594 The following special named paths exist:
1590 1595
1591 1596 ``default``
1592 1597 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1593 1598
1594 1599 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1595 1600 repository was cloned from.
1596 1601
1597 1602 ``default-push``
1598 1603 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1599 1604 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1600 1605
1601 1606 ``phases``
1602 1607 ----------
1603 1608
1604 1609 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1605 1610 information about working with phases.
1606 1611
1607 1612 ``publish``
1608 1613 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1609 1614 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1610 1615 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1611 1616 (default: True)
1612 1617
1613 1618 ``new-commit``
1614 1619 Phase of newly-created commits.
1615 1620 (default: draft)
1616 1621
1617 1622 ``checksubrepos``
1618 1623 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1619 1624 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1620 1625 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1621 1626 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1622 1627 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1623 1628 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1624 1629 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1625 1630 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1626 1631 (default: follow)
1627 1632
1628 1633
1629 1634 ``profiling``
1630 1635 -------------
1631 1636
1632 1637 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1633 1638 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1634 1639 profiler (named ``stat``).
1635 1640
1636 1641 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1637 1642 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1638 1643 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1639 1644
1640 1645 ``enabled``
1641 1646 Enable the profiler.
1642 1647 (default: false)
1643 1648
1644 1649 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1645 1650
1646 1651 ``type``
1647 1652 The type of profiler to use.
1648 1653 (default: stat)
1649 1654
1650 1655 ``ls``
1651 1656 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1652 1657 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1653 1658 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1654 1659 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1655 1660 ``stat``
1656 1661 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1657 1662 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1658 1663 seconds.
1659 1664
1660 1665 ``format``
1661 1666 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1662 1667 (default: text)
1663 1668
1664 1669 ``text``
1665 1670 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1666 1671 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1667 1672 not kept.
1668 1673 ``kcachegrind``
1669 1674 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1670 1675 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1671 1676 kcachegrind.
1672 1677
1673 1678 ``statformat``
1674 1679 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1675 1680 (default: hotpath)
1676 1681
1677 1682 ``hotpath``
1678 1683 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1679 1684 most time was spent).
1680 1685 ``bymethod``
1681 1686 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1682 1687 ``byline``
1683 1688 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1684 1689 ``json``
1685 1690 Render profiling data as JSON.
1686 1691
1687 1692 ``frequency``
1688 1693 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1689 1694 (default: 1000)
1690 1695
1691 1696 ``output``
1692 1697 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1693 1698 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1694 1699 stderr)
1695 1700
1696 1701 ``sort``
1697 1702 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1698 1703 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1699 1704 ``inlinetime``.
1700 1705 (default: inlinetime)
1701 1706
1702 1707 ``time-track``
1703 1708 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1704 1709 (default: ``cpu``)
1705 1710
1706 1711 ``limit``
1707 1712 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1708 1713 (default: 30)
1709 1714
1710 1715 ``nested``
1711 1716 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1712 1717 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1713 1718 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1714 1719 (default: 0)
1715 1720
1716 1721 ``showmin``
1717 1722 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1718 1723 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1719 1724 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1720 1725
1721 1726 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1722 1727
1723 1728 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1724 1729 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1725 1730
1726 1731 The option is unused on other formats.
1727 1732
1728 1733 ``showmax``
1729 1734 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1730 1735 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1731 1736
1732 1737 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1733 1738
1734 1739 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1735 1740
1736 1741 The option is unused on other formats.
1737 1742
1738 1743 ``progress``
1739 1744 ------------
1740 1745
1741 1746 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1742 1747 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1743 1748 have a definite end point.
1744 1749
1745 1750 ``delay``
1746 1751 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1747 1752
1748 1753 ``changedelay``
1749 1754 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1750 1755 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1751 1756
1752 1757 ``estimateinterval``
1753 1758 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1754 1759 calculation. (default: 60)
1755 1760
1756 1761 ``refresh``
1757 1762 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1758 1763
1759 1764 ``format``
1760 1765 Format of the progress bar.
1761 1766
1762 1767 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1763 1768 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1764 1769 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1765 1770 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1766 1771 first num characters.
1767 1772
1768 1773 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1769 1774
1770 1775 ``width``
1771 1776 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1772 1777 term width) will be used).
1773 1778
1774 1779 ``clear-complete``
1775 1780 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1776 1781
1777 1782 ``disable``
1778 1783 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1779 1784
1780 1785 ``assume-tty``
1781 1786 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1782 1787
1783 1788 ``rebase``
1784 1789 ----------
1785 1790
1786 1791 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1787 1792 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1788 1793 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1789 1794
1790 1795 ``revsetalias``
1791 1796 ---------------
1792 1797
1793 1798 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1794 1799
1795 1800 ``storage``
1796 1801 -----------
1797 1802
1798 1803 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
1799 1804 category impact performance and repository size.
1800 1805
1801 1806 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
1802 1807 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
1803 1808 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
1804 1809 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
1805 1810
1806 1811 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
1807 1812 repository with many merges.
1808 1813
1809 1814 ``server``
1810 1815 ----------
1811 1816
1812 1817 Controls generic server settings.
1813 1818
1814 1819 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
1815 1820 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
1816 1821 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
1817 1822
1818 1823 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
1819 1824 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
1820 1825 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
1821 1826
1822 1827 ``compressionengines``
1823 1828 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
1824 1829 to clients.
1825 1830
1826 1831 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
1827 1832 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
1828 1833 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
1829 1834
1830 1835 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
1831 1836 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
1832 1837 default wire protocol priority.
1833 1838
1834 1839 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
1835 1840 has no effect for legacy clients.
1836 1841
1837 1842 ``uncompressed``
1838 1843 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
1839 1844 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
1840 1845 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
1841 1846 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
1842 1847 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
1843 1848 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
1844 1849 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
1845 1850 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
1846 1851 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
1847 1852 (default: True)
1848 1853
1849 1854 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
1850 1855 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
1851 1856 changesets. (default: False)
1852 1857
1853 1858 ``preferuncompressed``
1854 1859 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
1855 1860 protocol. (default: False)
1856 1861
1857 1862 ``disablefullbundle``
1858 1863 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
1859 1864 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
1860 1865 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
1861 1866 (default: False)
1862 1867
1863 1868 ``streamunbundle``
1864 1869 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
1865 1870 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
1866 1871 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
1867 1872
1868 1873 ``pullbundle``
1869 1874 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
1870 1875 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
1871 1876 entry will be streamed to the client.
1872 1877
1873 1878 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
1874 1879 for older clients.
1875 1880
1876 1881 ``concurrent-push-mode``
1877 1882 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
1878 1883
1879 1884 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
1880 1885 while the push was preparing. (default)
1881 1886 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
1882 1887 affected while the push was preparing.
1883 1888
1884 1889 This requires compatible client (version 4.3 and later). Old client will
1885 1890 use 'strict'.
1886 1891
1887 1892 ``validate``
1888 1893 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
1889 1894 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
1890 1895 present. (default: False)
1891 1896
1892 1897 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
1893 1898 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
1894 1899 many bytes. (default: 1024)
1895 1900
1896 1901 ``bundle1``
1897 1902 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
1898 1903 exchange format. (default: True)
1899 1904
1900 1905 ``bundle1gd``
1901 1906 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
1902 1907 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1903 1908
1904 1909 ``bundle1.push``
1905 1910 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1906 1911 format. (default: True)
1907 1912
1908 1913 ``bundle1gd.push``
1909 1914 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
1910 1915 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1911 1916
1912 1917 ``bundle1.pull``
1913 1918 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1914 1919 format. (default: True)
1915 1920
1916 1921 ``bundle1gd.pull``
1917 1922 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
1918 1923 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1919 1924
1920 1925 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
1921 1926 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
1922 1927 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
1923 1928 format can consume a lot of CPU.
1924 1929
1925 1930 ``zliblevel``
1926 1931 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
1927 1932 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
1928 1933 commands that send repository history data).
1929 1934
1930 1935 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
1931 1936 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
1932 1937 maximum compression.
1933 1938
1934 1939 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
1935 1940 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
1936 1941 but sends more bytes to clients.
1937 1942
1938 1943 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1939 1944
1940 1945 ``zstdlevel``
1941 1946 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
1942 1947 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
1943 1948 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
1944 1949
1945 1950 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
1946 1951 delivering better compression ratios.
1947 1952
1948 1953 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1949 1954
1950 1955 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
1951 1956
1952 1957 ``smtp``
1953 1958 --------
1954 1959
1955 1960 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
1956 1961
1957 1962 ``host``
1958 1963 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
1959 1964
1960 1965 ``port``
1961 1966 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
1962 1967 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
1963 1968
1964 1969 ``tls``
1965 1970 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
1966 1971 smtps or none. (default: none)
1967 1972
1968 1973 ``username``
1969 1974 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
1970 1975 (default: None)
1971 1976
1972 1977 ``password``
1973 1978 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
1974 1979 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
1975 1980 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
1976 1981
1977 1982 ``local_hostname``
1978 1983 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
1979 1984 itself to the MTA.
1980 1985
1981 1986
1982 1987 ``subpaths``
1983 1988 ------------
1984 1989
1985 1990 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
1986 1991 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
1987 1992 rewrite rules of the form::
1988 1993
1989 1994 <pattern> = <replacement>
1990 1995
1991 1996 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
1992 1997 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
1993 1998 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
1994 1999 ``replacements``. For instance::
1995 2000
1996 2001 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
1997 2002
1998 2003 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
1999 2004
2000 2005 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2001 2006 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2002 2007 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2003 2008 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2004 2009
2005 2010 ``subrepos``
2006 2011 ------------
2007 2012
2008 2013 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2009 2014 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2010 2015
2011 2016 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2012 2017 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2013 2018 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2014 2019 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2015 2020 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2016 2021 the respective options below.
2017 2022
2018 2023 ``allowed``
2019 2024 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2020 2025
2021 2026 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2022 2027 will fail for all subrepository types.
2023 2028 (default: true)
2024 2029
2025 2030 ``hg:allowed``
2026 2031 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2027 2032 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2028 2033 is true.
2029 2034 (default: true)
2030 2035
2031 2036 ``git:allowed``
2032 2037 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2033 2038 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2034 2039
2035 2040 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2036 2041 (default: false)
2037 2042
2038 2043 ``svn:allowed``
2039 2044 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2040 2045 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2041 2046 is true.
2042 2047
2043 2048 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2044 2049 (default: false)
2045 2050
2046 2051 ``templatealias``
2047 2052 -----------------
2048 2053
2049 2054 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2050 2055
2051 2056 ``templates``
2052 2057 -------------
2053 2058
2054 2059 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2055 2060 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2056 2061
2057 2062 ``trusted``
2058 2063 -----------
2059 2064
2060 2065 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2061 2066 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2062 2067 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2063 2068 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2064 2069 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2065 2070 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2066 2071 section.
2067 2072
2068 2073 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2069 2074 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2070 2075 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2071 2076 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2072 2077 user or service running Mercurial.
2073 2078
2074 2079 ``users``
2075 2080 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2076 2081
2077 2082 ``groups``
2078 2083 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2079 2084
2080 2085
2081 2086 ``ui``
2082 2087 ------
2083 2088
2084 2089 User interface controls.
2085 2090
2086 2091 ``archivemeta``
2087 2092 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2088 2093 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2089 2094 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2090 2095 (default: True)
2091 2096
2092 2097 ``askusername``
2093 2098 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2094 2099 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2095 2100 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2096 2101 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2097 2102 (default: False)
2098 2103
2099 2104 ``clonebundles``
2100 2105 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2101 2106
2102 2107 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2103 2108 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2104 2109
2105 2110 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2106 2111
2107 2112 (default: True)
2108 2113
2109 2114 ``clonebundlefallback``
2110 2115 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2111 2116 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2112 2117
2113 2118 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2114 2119 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2115 2120 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2116 2121 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2117 2122 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2118 2123 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2119 2124 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2120 2125 fails.
2121 2126
2122 2127 (default: False)
2123 2128
2124 2129 ``clonebundleprefers``
2125 2130 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2126 2131
2127 2132 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2128 2133 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2129 2134 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2130 2135 bundle over another.
2131 2136
2132 2137 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2133 2138
2134 2139 BUNDLESPEC
2135 2140 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2136 2141 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2137 2142
2138 2143 COMPRESSION
2139 2144 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2140 2145
2141 2146 Server operators may define custom keys.
2142 2147
2143 2148 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2144 2149 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2145 2150
2146 2151 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2147 2152
2148 2153 ``color``
2149 2154 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2150 2155 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2151 2156 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2152 2157
2153 2158 ``commitsubrepos``
2154 2159 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2155 2160 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2156 2161 changes, abort the commit.
2157 2162 (default: False)
2158 2163
2159 2164 ``debug``
2160 2165 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2161 2166
2162 2167 ``editor``
2163 2168 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2164 2169
2165 2170 ``fallbackencoding``
2166 2171 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2167 2172 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2168 2173
2169 2174 ``graphnodetemplate``
2170 2175 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2171 2176 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2172 2177
2173 2178 ``ignore``
2174 2179 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2175 2180 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2176 2181 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2177 2182 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2178 2183 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2179 2184 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2180 2185
2181 2186 ``interactive``
2182 2187 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2183 2188
2184 2189 ``interface``
2185 2190 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2186 2191 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2187 2192
2188 2193 ``interface.chunkselector``
2189 2194 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2190 2195 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2191 2196 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2192 2197
2193 2198 ``large-file-limit``
2194 2199 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2195 2200 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2196 2201 (default: 10000000)
2197 2202
2198 2203 ``logtemplate``
2199 2204 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2200 2205
2201 2206 ``merge``
2202 2207 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2203 2208 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2204 2209 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2205 2210
2206 2211 ``mergemarkers``
2207 2212 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed``
2208 2213 style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels.
2209 2214 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2210 2215 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2211 2216 (default: ``basic``)
2212 2217
2213 2218 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2214 2219 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2215 2220 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2216 2221 format.
2217 2222
2218 2223 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2219 2224 the first line of the commit description.
2220 2225
2221 2226 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2222 2227 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2223 2228 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2224 2229 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2225 2230 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2226 2231 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2227 2232 serious problems may occur.
2228 2233
2229 2234 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2230 2235
2231 2236 ``origbackuppath``
2232 2237 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2233 2238 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2234 2239 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2235 2240 suffix.
2236 2241
2237 2242 ``paginate``
2238 2243 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2239 2244 for details.
2240 2245
2241 2246 ``patch``
2242 2247 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2243 2248 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2244 2249 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2245 2250 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2246 2251 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2247 2252 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2248 2253 from stdin.
2249 2254
2250 2255 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2251 2256 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2252 2257 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2253 2258
2254 2259 ``portablefilenames``
2255 2260 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2256 2261 (default: ``warn``)
2257 2262
2258 2263 ``warn``
2259 2264 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2260 2265 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2261 2266 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2262 2267 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2263 2268 file).
2264 2269
2265 2270 ``ignore``
2266 2271 Don't print a warning.
2267 2272
2268 2273 ``abort``
2269 2274 The command is aborted.
2270 2275
2271 2276 ``true``
2272 2277 Alias for ``warn``.
2273 2278
2274 2279 ``false``
2275 2280 Alias for ``ignore``.
2276 2281
2277 2282 .. container:: windows
2278 2283
2279 2284 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2280 2285
2281 2286 ``quiet``
2282 2287 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2283 2288 (default: False)
2284 2289
2285 2290 ``remotecmd``
2286 2291 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2287 2292 (default: ``hg``)
2288 2293
2289 2294 ``report_untrusted``
2290 2295 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2291 2296 trusted user or group.
2292 2297 (default: True)
2293 2298
2294 2299 ``slash``
2295 2300 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2296 2301
2297 2302 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2298 2303 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2299 2304 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2300 2305 backslash character (``\``)).
2301 2306 (default: False)
2302 2307
2303 2308 ``statuscopies``
2304 2309 Display copies in the status command.
2305 2310
2306 2311 ``ssh``
2307 2312 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2308 2313
2309 2314 ``ssherrorhint``
2310 2315 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2311 2316 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2312 2317
2313 2318 ``strict``
2314 2319 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2315 2320 abbreviations. (default: False)
2316 2321
2317 2322 ``style``
2318 2323 Name of style to use for command output.
2319 2324
2320 2325 ``supportcontact``
2321 2326 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2322 2327 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2323 2328 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2324 2329
2325 2330 ``textwidth``
2326 2331 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2327 2332 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2328 2333 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2329 2334 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2330 2335 used. (default: 78)
2331 2336
2332 2337 ``timeout``
2333 2338 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2334 2339 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2335 2340
2336 2341 ``timeout.warn``
2337 2342 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2338 2343 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2339 2344
2340 2345 ``traceback``
2341 2346 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2342 2347 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2343 2348 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2344 2349 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2345 2350
2346 2351 ``tweakdefaults``
2347 2352
2348 2353 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2349 2354 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2350 2355 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2351 2356 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2352 2357 effet if ``HGPLAIN` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2353 2358 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2354 2359
2355 2360 ``username``
2356 2361 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2357 2362 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2358 2363 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2359 2364 username are expanded.
2360 2365
2361 2366 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2362 2367 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2363 2368 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2364 2369 hgrc file)
2365 2370
2366 2371 ``verbose``
2367 2372 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2368 2373
2369 2374
2370 2375 ``web``
2371 2376 -------
2372 2377
2373 2378 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2374 2379 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2375 2380 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2376 2381 and WSGI).
2377 2382
2378 2383 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2379 2384 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2380 2385 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2381 2386 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2382 2387 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2383 2388 checks.
2384 2389
2385 2390 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2386 2391 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2387 2392 command line::
2388 2393
2389 2394 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2390 2395
2391 2396 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2392 2397 that this should not be used for public servers.
2393 2398
2394 2399 The full set of options is:
2395 2400
2396 2401 ``accesslog``
2397 2402 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2398 2403
2399 2404 ``address``
2400 2405 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2401 2406
2402 2407 ``allow-archive``
2403 2408 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2404 2409 (default: empty)
2405 2410
2406 2411 ``allowbz2``
2407 2412 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2408 2413 revisions.
2409 2414 (default: False)
2410 2415
2411 2416 ``allowgz``
2412 2417 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2413 2418 revisions.
2414 2419 (default: False)
2415 2420
2416 2421 ``allow-pull``
2417 2422 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2418 2423
2419 2424 ``allow-push``
2420 2425 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2421 2426 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2422 2427 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2423 2428 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2424 2429 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2425 2430 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2426 2431
2427 2432 ``allow_read``
2428 2433 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2429 2434 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2430 2435 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2431 2436 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2432 2437 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2433 2438 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2434 2439 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2435 2440 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2436 2441 examined after the deny_read list.
2437 2442
2438 2443 ``allowzip``
2439 2444 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2440 2445 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2441 2446 (default: False)
2442 2447
2443 2448 ``archivesubrepos``
2444 2449 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2445 2450 (default: False)
2446 2451
2447 2452 ``baseurl``
2448 2453 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2449 2454 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2450 2455 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2451 2456
2452 2457 ``cacerts``
2453 2458 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2454 2459 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2455 2460 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2456 2461 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2457 2462 with these certificates.
2458 2463
2459 2464 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2460 2465 command line.
2461 2466
2462 2467 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2463 2468 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2464 2469 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2465 2470 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2466 2471
2467 2472 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2468 2473 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2469 2474 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2470 2475 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2471 2476 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2472 2477 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2473 2478
2474 2479 ``cache``
2475 2480 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2476 2481
2477 2482 ``certificate``
2478 2483 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2479 2484
2480 2485 ``collapse``
2481 2486 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2482 2487 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2483 2488 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2484 2489 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2485 2490 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2486 2491 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2487 2492 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2488 2493
2489 2494 ``comparisoncontext``
2490 2495 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2491 2496 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2492 2497
2493 2498 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2494 2499 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2495 2500
2496 2501 ``contact``
2497 2502 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2498 2503 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2499 2504
2500 2505 ``csp``
2501 2506 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2502 2507
2503 2508 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2504 2509 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2505 2510 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2506 2511 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2507 2512 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2508 2513
2509 2514 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2510 2515 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2511 2516 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2512 2517 threat model.
2513 2518
2514 2519 ``deny_push``
2515 2520 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2516 2521 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2517 2522 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2518 2523 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2519 2524 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2520 2525
2521 2526 ``deny_read``
2522 2527 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2523 2528 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2524 2529 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2525 2530 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2526 2531 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2527 2532 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2528 2533 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2529 2534 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2530 2535 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2531 2536 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2532 2537 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2533 2538 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2534 2539 list.
2535 2540
2536 2541 ``descend``
2537 2542 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2538 2543 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2539 2544 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2540 2545
2541 2546 ``description``
2542 2547 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2543 2548 (default: "unknown")
2544 2549
2545 2550 ``encoding``
2546 2551 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2547 2552 Example: "UTF-8".
2548 2553
2549 2554 ``errorlog``
2550 2555 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2551 2556
2552 2557 ``guessmime``
2553 2558 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2554 2559 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2555 2560 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2556 2561 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2557 2562 repositories. (default: False)
2558 2563
2559 2564 ``hidden``
2560 2565 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2561 2566 (default: False)
2562 2567
2563 2568 ``ipv6``
2564 2569 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2565 2570
2566 2571 ``labels``
2567 2572 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2568 2573
2569 2574 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2570 2575 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2571 2576 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2572 2577 if a specific label is present.
2573 2578
2574 2579 ``logoimg``
2575 2580 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2576 2581 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2577 2582 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2578 2583 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2579 2584
2580 2585 ``logourl``
2581 2586 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2582 2587 will be used.
2583 2588
2584 2589 ``maxchanges``
2585 2590 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2586 2591
2587 2592 ``maxfiles``
2588 2593 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2589 2594
2590 2595 ``maxshortchanges``
2591 2596 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2592 2597 pages. (default: 60)
2593 2598
2594 2599 ``name``
2595 2600 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2596 2601 (default: current working directory)
2597 2602
2598 2603 ``port``
2599 2604 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2600 2605
2601 2606 ``prefix``
2602 2607 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2603 2608
2604 2609 ``push_ssl``
2605 2610 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2606 2611 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2607 2612
2608 2613 ``refreshinterval``
2609 2614 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2610 2615 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2611 2616 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2612 2617 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2613 2618
2614 2619 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2615 2620 (default: 20)
2616 2621
2617 2622 ``server-header``
2618 2623 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
2619 2624
2620 2625 ``staticurl``
2621 2626 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2622 2627 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2623 2628 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2624 2629 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2625 2630
2626 2631 ``stripes``
2627 2632 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2628 2633 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2629 2634
2630 2635 ``style``
2631 2636 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2632 2637 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2633 2638 Example: ``monoblue``.
2634 2639
2635 2640 ``templates``
2636 2641 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2637 2642 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2638 2643
2639 2644 ``websub``
2640 2645 ----------
2641 2646
2642 2647 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2643 2648 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2644 2649 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2645 2650
2646 2651 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2647 2652 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2648 2653 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2649 2654 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2650 2655
2651 2656 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2652 2657 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2653 2658 HTML (see the examples below).
2654 2659
2655 2660 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2656 2661 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2657 2662 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2658 2663 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2659 2664
2660 2665 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2661 2666
2662 2667 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2663 2668 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2664 2669
2665 2670 Examples::
2666 2671
2667 2672 [websub]
2668 2673 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2669 2674 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2670 2675 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2671 2676
2672 2677 ``worker``
2673 2678 ----------
2674 2679
2675 2680 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2676 2681 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2677 2682 helps performance.
2678 2683
2679 2684 ``enabled``
2680 2685 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
2681 2686 (default: true)
2682 2687
2683 2688 ``numcpus``
2684 2689 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2685 2690 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2686 2691 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2687 2692
2688 2693 ``backgroundclose``
2689 2694 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2690 2695 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2691 2696 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2692 2697 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2693 2698 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2694 2699
2695 2700 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2696 2701 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2697 2702 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2698 2703 threads.
2699 2704 (default: 2048)
2700 2705
2701 2706 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2702 2707 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2703 2708 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2704 2709 enabled.
2705 2710 (default: 384)
2706 2711
2707 2712 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2708 2713 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2709 2714 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2710 2715 (default: 4)
@@ -1,603 +1,613 b''
1 1 test that a commit clears the merge state.
2 2
3 3 $ hg init repo
4 4 $ cd repo
5 5
6 6 $ echo foo > file1
7 7 $ echo foo > file2
8 8 $ hg commit -Am 'add files'
9 9 adding file1
10 10 adding file2
11 11
12 12 $ echo bar >> file1
13 13 $ echo bar >> file2
14 14 $ hg commit -Am 'append bar to files'
15 15
16 16 create a second head with conflicting edits
17 17
18 18 $ hg up -C 0
19 19 2 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
20 20 $ echo baz >> file1
21 21 $ echo baz >> file2
22 22 $ hg commit -Am 'append baz to files'
23 23 created new head
24 24
25 25 create a third head with no conflicting edits
26 26 $ hg up -qC 0
27 27 $ echo foo > file3
28 28 $ hg commit -Am 'add non-conflicting file'
29 29 adding file3
30 30 created new head
31 31
32 32 failing merge
33 33
34 34 $ hg up -qC 2
35 35 $ hg merge --tool=internal:fail 1
36 36 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 2 files unresolved
37 37 use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg merge --abort' to abandon
38 38 [1]
39 39
40 40 resolve -l should contain unresolved entries
41 41
42 42 $ hg resolve -l
43 43 U file1
44 44 U file2
45 45
46 46 $ hg resolve -l --no-status
47 47 file1
48 48 file2
49 49
50 50 resolving an unknown path should emit a warning, but not for -l
51 51
52 52 $ hg resolve -m does-not-exist
53 53 arguments do not match paths that need resolving
54 54 $ hg resolve -l does-not-exist
55 55
56 56 tell users how they could have used resolve
57 57
58 58 $ mkdir nested
59 59 $ cd nested
60 60 $ hg resolve -m file1
61 61 arguments do not match paths that need resolving
62 62 (try: hg resolve -m path:file1)
63 63 $ hg resolve -m file1 filez
64 64 arguments do not match paths that need resolving
65 65 (try: hg resolve -m path:file1 path:filez)
66 66 $ hg resolve -m path:file1 path:filez
67 67 $ hg resolve -l
68 68 R file1
69 69 U file2
70 70 $ hg resolve -m filez file2
71 71 arguments do not match paths that need resolving
72 72 (try: hg resolve -m path:filez path:file2)
73 73 $ hg resolve -m path:filez path:file2
74 74 (no more unresolved files)
75 75 $ hg resolve -l
76 76 R file1
77 77 R file2
78 78
79 79 cleanup
80 80 $ hg resolve -u
81 81 $ cd ..
82 82 $ rmdir nested
83 83
84 84 don't allow marking or unmarking driver-resolved files
85 85
86 86 $ cat > $TESTTMP/markdriver.py << EOF
87 87 > '''mark and unmark files as driver-resolved'''
88 88 > from mercurial import (
89 89 > merge,
90 90 > pycompat,
91 91 > registrar,
92 92 > scmutil,
93 93 > )
94 94 > cmdtable = {}
95 95 > command = registrar.command(cmdtable)
96 96 > @command(b'markdriver',
97 97 > [(b'u', b'unmark', None, b'')],
98 98 > b'FILE...')
99 99 > def markdriver(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
100 100 > wlock = repo.wlock()
101 101 > opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
102 102 > try:
103 103 > ms = merge.mergestate.read(repo)
104 104 > m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
105 105 > for f in ms:
106 106 > if not m(f):
107 107 > continue
108 108 > if not opts[b'unmark']:
109 109 > ms.mark(f, b'd')
110 110 > else:
111 111 > ms.mark(f, b'u')
112 112 > ms.commit()
113 113 > finally:
114 114 > wlock.release()
115 115 > EOF
116 116 $ hg --config extensions.markdriver=$TESTTMP/markdriver.py markdriver file1
117 117 $ hg resolve --list
118 118 D file1
119 119 U file2
120 120 $ hg resolve --mark file1
121 121 not marking file1 as it is driver-resolved
122 122 this should not print out file1
123 123 $ hg resolve --mark --all
124 124 (no more unresolved files -- run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)
125 125 $ hg resolve --mark 'glob:file*'
126 126 (no more unresolved files -- run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)
127 127 $ hg resolve --list
128 128 D file1
129 129 R file2
130 130 $ hg resolve --unmark file1
131 131 not unmarking file1 as it is driver-resolved
132 132 (no more unresolved files -- run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)
133 133 $ hg resolve --unmark --all
134 134 $ hg resolve --list
135 135 D file1
136 136 U file2
137 137 $ hg --config extensions.markdriver=$TESTTMP/markdriver.py markdriver --unmark file1
138 138 $ hg resolve --list
139 139 U file1
140 140 U file2
141 141
142 142 resolve the failure
143 143
144 144 $ echo resolved > file1
145 145 $ hg resolve -m file1
146 146
147 147 resolve -l should show resolved file as resolved
148 148
149 149 $ hg resolve -l
150 150 R file1
151 151 U file2
152 152
153 153 $ hg resolve -l -Tjson
154 154 [
155 155 {
156 156 "path": "file1",
157 157 "status": "R"
158 158 },
159 159 {
160 160 "path": "file2",
161 161 "status": "U"
162 162 }
163 163 ]
164 164
165 165 $ hg resolve -l -T '{path} {status} {p1rev} {p2rev}\n'
166 166 file1 R 2 1
167 167 file2 U 2 1
168 168
169 169 resolve -m without paths should mark all resolved
170 170
171 171 $ hg resolve -m
172 172 (no more unresolved files)
173 173 $ hg commit -m 'resolved'
174 174
175 175 resolve -l should be empty after commit
176 176
177 177 $ hg resolve -l
178 178
179 179 $ hg resolve -l -Tjson
180 180 [
181 181 ]
182 182
183 183 resolve --all should abort when no merge in progress
184 184
185 185 $ hg resolve --all
186 186 abort: resolve command not applicable when not merging
187 187 [255]
188 188
189 189 resolve -m should abort when no merge in progress
190 190
191 191 $ hg resolve -m
192 192 abort: resolve command not applicable when not merging
193 193 [255]
194 194
195 195 can not update or merge when there are unresolved conflicts
196 196
197 197 $ hg up -qC 0
198 198 $ echo quux >> file1
199 199 $ hg up 1
200 200 merging file1
201 201 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
202 202 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 1 files unresolved
203 203 use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges
204 204 [1]
205 205 $ hg up 0
206 206 abort: outstanding merge conflicts
207 207 [255]
208 208 $ hg merge 2
209 209 abort: outstanding merge conflicts
210 210 [255]
211 211 $ hg merge --force 2
212 212 abort: outstanding merge conflicts
213 213 [255]
214 214
215 215 set up conflict-free merge
216 216
217 217 $ hg up -qC 3
218 218 $ hg merge 1
219 219 2 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
220 220 (branch merge, don't forget to commit)
221 221
222 222 resolve --all should do nothing in merge without conflicts
223 223 $ hg resolve --all
224 224 (no more unresolved files)
225 225
226 226 resolve -m should do nothing in merge without conflicts
227 227
228 228 $ hg resolve -m
229 229 (no more unresolved files)
230 230
231 231 get back to conflicting state
232 232
233 233 $ hg up -qC 2
234 234 $ hg merge --tool=internal:fail 1
235 235 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 2 files unresolved
236 236 use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg merge --abort' to abandon
237 237 [1]
238 238
239 239 resolve without arguments should suggest --all
240 240 $ hg resolve
241 241 abort: no files or directories specified
242 242 (use --all to re-merge all unresolved files)
243 243 [255]
244 244
245 245 resolve --all should re-merge all unresolved files
246 246 $ hg resolve --all
247 247 merging file1
248 248 merging file2
249 249 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
250 250 warning: conflicts while merging file2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
251 251 [1]
252 252 $ cat file1.orig
253 253 foo
254 254 baz
255 255 $ cat file2.orig
256 256 foo
257 257 baz
258 258
259 259 .orig files should exists where specified
260 260 $ hg resolve --all --verbose --config 'ui.origbackuppath=.hg/origbackups'
261 261 merging file1
262 262 creating directory: $TESTTMP/repo/.hg/origbackups
263 263 merging file2
264 264 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
265 265 warning: conflicts while merging file2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
266 266 [1]
267 267 $ ls .hg/origbackups
268 268 file1
269 269 file2
270 270 $ grep '<<<' file1 > /dev/null
271 271 $ grep '<<<' file2 > /dev/null
272 272
273 273 resolve <file> should re-merge file
274 274 $ echo resolved > file1
275 275 $ hg resolve -q file1
276 276 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
277 277 [1]
278 278 $ grep '<<<' file1 > /dev/null
279 279
280 280 test .orig behavior with resolve
281 281
282 282 $ hg resolve -q file1 --tool "sh -c 'f --dump \"$TESTTMP/repo/file1.orig\"'"
283 283 $TESTTMP/repo/file1.orig:
284 284 >>>
285 285 foo
286 286 baz
287 287 <<<
288 288
289 289 resolve <file> should do nothing if 'file' was marked resolved
290 290 $ echo resolved > file1
291 291 $ hg resolve -m file1
292 292 $ hg resolve -q file1
293 293 $ cat file1
294 294 resolved
295 295
296 296 insert unsupported advisory merge record
297 297
298 298 $ hg --config extensions.fakemergerecord=$TESTDIR/fakemergerecord.py fakemergerecord -x
299 299 $ hg debugmergestate
300 300 * version 2 records
301 301 local: 57653b9f834a4493f7240b0681efcb9ae7cab745
302 302 other: dc77451844e37f03f5c559e3b8529b2b48d381d1
303 303 labels:
304 304 local: working copy
305 305 other: merge rev
306 306 unrecognized entry: x advisory record
307 307 file extras: file1 (ancestorlinknode = 99726c03216e233810a2564cbc0adfe395007eac)
308 308 file: file1 (record type "F", state "r", hash 60b27f004e454aca81b0480209cce5081ec52390)
309 309 local path: file1 (flags "")
310 310 ancestor path: file1 (node 2ed2a3912a0b24502043eae84ee4b279c18b90dd)
311 311 other path: file1 (node 6f4310b00b9a147241b071a60c28a650827fb03d)
312 312 file extras: file2 (ancestorlinknode = 99726c03216e233810a2564cbc0adfe395007eac)
313 313 file: file2 (record type "F", state "u", hash cb99b709a1978bd205ab9dfd4c5aaa1fc91c7523)
314 314 local path: file2 (flags "")
315 315 ancestor path: file2 (node 2ed2a3912a0b24502043eae84ee4b279c18b90dd)
316 316 other path: file2 (node 6f4310b00b9a147241b071a60c28a650827fb03d)
317 317 $ hg resolve -l
318 318 R file1
319 319 U file2
320 320
321 321 insert unsupported mandatory merge record
322 322
323 323 $ hg --config extensions.fakemergerecord=$TESTDIR/fakemergerecord.py fakemergerecord -X
324 324 $ hg debugmergestate
325 325 * version 2 records
326 326 local: 57653b9f834a4493f7240b0681efcb9ae7cab745
327 327 other: dc77451844e37f03f5c559e3b8529b2b48d381d1
328 328 labels:
329 329 local: working copy
330 330 other: merge rev
331 331 file extras: file1 (ancestorlinknode = 99726c03216e233810a2564cbc0adfe395007eac)
332 332 file: file1 (record type "F", state "r", hash 60b27f004e454aca81b0480209cce5081ec52390)
333 333 local path: file1 (flags "")
334 334 ancestor path: file1 (node 2ed2a3912a0b24502043eae84ee4b279c18b90dd)
335 335 other path: file1 (node 6f4310b00b9a147241b071a60c28a650827fb03d)
336 336 file extras: file2 (ancestorlinknode = 99726c03216e233810a2564cbc0adfe395007eac)
337 337 file: file2 (record type "F", state "u", hash cb99b709a1978bd205ab9dfd4c5aaa1fc91c7523)
338 338 local path: file2 (flags "")
339 339 ancestor path: file2 (node 2ed2a3912a0b24502043eae84ee4b279c18b90dd)
340 340 other path: file2 (node 6f4310b00b9a147241b071a60c28a650827fb03d)
341 341 unrecognized entry: X mandatory record
342 342 $ hg resolve -l
343 343 abort: unsupported merge state records: X
344 344 (see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MergeStateRecords for more information)
345 345 [255]
346 346 $ hg resolve -ma
347 347 abort: unsupported merge state records: X
348 348 (see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MergeStateRecords for more information)
349 349 [255]
350 350 $ hg summary
351 351 warning: merge state has unsupported record types: X
352 352 parent: 2:57653b9f834a
353 353 append baz to files
354 354 parent: 1:dc77451844e3
355 355 append bar to files
356 356 branch: default
357 357 commit: 2 modified, 2 unknown (merge)
358 358 update: 2 new changesets (update)
359 359 phases: 5 draft
360 360
361 361 update --clean shouldn't abort on unsupported records
362 362
363 363 $ hg up -qC 1
364 364 $ hg debugmergestate
365 365 no merge state found
366 366
367 367 test crashed merge with empty mergestate
368 368
369 369 $ mkdir .hg/merge
370 370 $ touch .hg/merge/state
371 371
372 372 resolve -l should be empty
373 373
374 374 $ hg resolve -l
375 375
376 376 resolve -m can be configured to look for remaining conflict markers
377 377 $ hg up -qC 2
378 378 $ hg merge -q --tool=internal:merge 1
379 379 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
380 380 warning: conflicts while merging file2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
381 381 [1]
382 382 $ hg resolve -l
383 383 U file1
384 384 U file2
385 385 $ echo 'remove markers' > file1
386 386 $ hg --config commands.resolve.mark-check=abort resolve -m
387 387 warning: the following files still have conflict markers:
388 388 file2
389 389 abort: conflict markers detected
390 390 (use --all to mark anyway)
391 391 [255]
392 392 $ hg resolve -l
393 393 U file1
394 394 U file2
395 395 Try with --all from the hint
396 396 $ hg --config commands.resolve.mark-check=abort resolve -m --all
397 397 warning: the following files still have conflict markers:
398 398 file2
399 399 (no more unresolved files)
400 400 $ hg resolve -l
401 401 R file1
402 402 R file2
403 403 Test option value 'warn'
404 404 $ hg resolve --unmark
405 405 $ hg resolve -l
406 406 U file1
407 407 U file2
408 408 $ hg --config commands.resolve.mark-check=warn resolve -m
409 409 warning: the following files still have conflict markers:
410 410 file2
411 411 (no more unresolved files)
412 412 $ hg resolve -l
413 413 R file1
414 414 R file2
415 415 If the file is already marked as resolved, we don't warn about it
416 416 $ hg resolve --unmark file1
417 417 $ hg resolve -l
418 418 U file1
419 419 R file2
420 420 $ hg --config commands.resolve.mark-check=warn resolve -m
421 421 (no more unresolved files)
422 422 $ hg resolve -l
423 423 R file1
424 424 R file2
425 425 If the user passes an invalid value, we treat it as 'none'.
426 426 $ hg resolve --unmark
427 427 $ hg resolve -l
428 428 U file1
429 429 U file2
430 430 $ hg --config commands.resolve.mark-check=nope resolve -m
431 431 (no more unresolved files)
432 432 $ hg resolve -l
433 433 R file1
434 434 R file2
435 435 Test explicitly setting the otion to 'none'
436 436 $ hg resolve --unmark
437 437 $ hg resolve -l
438 438 U file1
439 439 U file2
440 440 $ hg --config commands.resolve.mark-check=none resolve -m
441 441 (no more unresolved files)
442 442 $ hg resolve -l
443 443 R file1
444 444 R file2
445 445 Testing the --re-merge flag
446 446 $ hg resolve --unmark file1
447 447 $ hg resolve -l
448 448 U file1
449 449 R file2
450 450 $ hg resolve --mark --re-merge
451 abort: too many options specified
451 abort: too many actions specified
452 452 [255]
453 453 $ hg resolve --re-merge --all
454 454 merging file1
455 455 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
456 456 [1]
457 Explicit re-merge
458 $ hg resolve --unmark file1
459 $ hg resolve --config commands.resolve.explicit-re-merge=1 --all
460 abort: no action specified
461 (use --mark, --unmark, --list or --re-merge)
462 [255]
463 $ hg resolve --config commands.resolve.explicit-re-merge=1 --re-merge --all
464 merging file1
465 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
466 [1]
457 467
458 468 $ cd ..
459 469
460 470 ======================================================
461 471 Test 'hg resolve' confirm config option functionality |
462 472 ======================================================
463 473 $ cat >> $HGRCPATH << EOF
464 474 > [extensions]
465 475 > rebase=
466 476 > EOF
467 477
468 478 $ hg init repo2
469 479 $ cd repo2
470 480
471 481 $ echo boss > boss
472 482 $ hg ci -Am "add boss"
473 483 adding boss
474 484
475 485 $ for emp in emp1 emp2 emp3; do echo work > $emp; done;
476 486 $ hg ci -Aqm "added emp1 emp2 emp3"
477 487
478 488 $ hg up 0
479 489 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 3 files removed, 0 files unresolved
480 490
481 491 $ for emp in emp1 emp2 emp3; do echo nowork > $emp; done;
482 492 $ hg ci -Aqm "added lazy emp1 emp2 emp3"
483 493
484 494 $ hg log -GT "{rev} {node|short} {firstline(desc)}\n"
485 495 @ 2 0acfd4a49af0 added lazy emp1 emp2 emp3
486 496 |
487 497 | o 1 f30f98a8181f added emp1 emp2 emp3
488 498 |/
489 499 o 0 88660038d466 add boss
490 500
491 501 $ hg rebase -s 1 -d 2
492 502 rebasing 1:f30f98a8181f "added emp1 emp2 emp3"
493 503 merging emp1
494 504 merging emp2
495 505 merging emp3
496 506 warning: conflicts while merging emp1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
497 507 warning: conflicts while merging emp2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
498 508 warning: conflicts while merging emp3! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
499 509 unresolved conflicts (see hg resolve, then hg rebase --continue)
500 510 [1]
501 511
502 512 Test when commands.resolve.confirm config option is not set:
503 513 ===========================================================
504 514 $ hg resolve --all
505 515 merging emp1
506 516 merging emp2
507 517 merging emp3
508 518 warning: conflicts while merging emp1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
509 519 warning: conflicts while merging emp2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
510 520 warning: conflicts while merging emp3! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
511 521 [1]
512 522
513 523 Test when config option is set:
514 524 ==============================
515 525 $ cat >> $HGRCPATH << EOF
516 526 > [ui]
517 527 > interactive = True
518 528 > [commands]
519 529 > resolve.confirm = True
520 530 > EOF
521 531
522 532 $ hg resolve
523 533 abort: no files or directories specified
524 534 (use --all to re-merge all unresolved files)
525 535 [255]
526 536 $ hg resolve --all << EOF
527 537 > n
528 538 > EOF
529 539 re-merge all unresolved files (yn)? n
530 540 abort: user quit
531 541 [255]
532 542
533 543 $ hg resolve --all << EOF
534 544 > y
535 545 > EOF
536 546 re-merge all unresolved files (yn)? y
537 547 merging emp1
538 548 merging emp2
539 549 merging emp3
540 550 warning: conflicts while merging emp1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
541 551 warning: conflicts while merging emp2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
542 552 warning: conflicts while merging emp3! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
543 553 [1]
544 554
545 555 Test that commands.resolve.confirm respect --mark option (only when no patterns args are given):
546 556 ===============================================================================================
547 557
548 558 $ hg resolve -m emp1
549 559 $ hg resolve -l
550 560 R emp1
551 561 U emp2
552 562 U emp3
553 563
554 564 $ hg resolve -m << EOF
555 565 > n
556 566 > EOF
557 567 mark all unresolved files as resolved (yn)? n
558 568 abort: user quit
559 569 [255]
560 570
561 571 $ hg resolve -m << EOF
562 572 > y
563 573 > EOF
564 574 mark all unresolved files as resolved (yn)? y
565 575 (no more unresolved files)
566 576 continue: hg rebase --continue
567 577 $ hg resolve -l
568 578 R emp1
569 579 R emp2
570 580 R emp3
571 581
572 582 Test that commands.resolve.confirm respect --unmark option (only when no patterns args are given):
573 583 ===============================================================================================
574 584
575 585 $ hg resolve -u emp1
576 586
577 587 $ hg resolve -l
578 588 U emp1
579 589 R emp2
580 590 R emp3
581 591
582 592 $ hg resolve -u << EOF
583 593 > n
584 594 > EOF
585 595 mark all resolved files as unresolved (yn)? n
586 596 abort: user quit
587 597 [255]
588 598
589 599 $ hg resolve -m << EOF
590 600 > y
591 601 > EOF
592 602 mark all unresolved files as resolved (yn)? y
593 603 (no more unresolved files)
594 604 continue: hg rebase --continue
595 605
596 606 $ hg resolve -l
597 607 R emp1
598 608 R emp2
599 609 R emp3
600 610
601 611 $ hg rebase --abort
602 612 rebase aborted
603 613 $ cd ..
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now